UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K


(Mark One)

 

 
ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011

 

 

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from                                    to                                   

Commission File Number: 0-21531

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

 

05-0376157
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

313 Iron Horse Way, Providence, RI 02908
(Address of principal executive offices)(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(401) 528-8634

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

          Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o  No  ý

          Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý  No  o

          Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large Accelerated Filer  ý   Accelerated Filer  o
Non-accelerated Filer  o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   Smaller Reporting Company  o

          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o  No  ý

          The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $1,779,987,744 based upon the closing price of the registrant's common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market® on January 28, 2011. The number of shares of the registrant's common stock, par value $0.01 per share, outstanding as of September 9, 2011 was 48,494,565.


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on December 13, 2011 are incorporated herein by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section    
  Page

Part I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

 
1

 

Executive Officers of the Registrant

 
14

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 
16

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 
24

Item 2.

 

Properties

 
24

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 
26

Item 4.

 

(Removed and Reserved)

 
26

Part II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 
27

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 
29

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
30

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 
45

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 
47

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 
79

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 
79

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 
80

Part III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 
82

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 
82

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 
82

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 
83

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 
83

Part IV

       

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 
84

 

Signatures

 
85

Table of Contents


PART I.

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Overview

        We believe we are the leading distributor based on sales of natural, organic and specialty foods and non-food products in the United States and Canada, and that our twenty-eight distribution centers, representing approximately 7.6 million square feet of warehouse space, provide us with the largest capacity of any North American-based distributor in the natural, organic and specialty products industry. We carry more than 60,000 high-quality natural, organic and specialty products, consisting of national, regional and private label brands in six product categories: grocery and general merchandise, produce, perishables and frozen foods, nutritional supplements and sports nutrition, bulk and foodservice products and personal care items. We serve more than 23,000 customer locations primarily located across the United States and Canada which can be classified as follows:

    independently owned natural products retailers, which include buying clubs;

    supernatural chains, which consist solely of Whole Foods Market, Inc. ("Whole Foods Market");

    conventional supermarkets and mass market chains; and

    other, which includes foodservice and international customers outside of Canada.

        We were the first organic food distribution network in the United States designated as a "Certified Organic Distributor" by Quality Assurance International, Inc. ("QAI"), an organic certifying agency accredited by the United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA"). This process involved a comprehensive review by QAI of our operating and purchasing systems and procedures. This certification covers all of our broadline distribution centers in the United States, except our primarily specialty product distribution centers in Harrison, Arkansas and Leicester, Massachusetts. Four of our Canadian distribution centers are certified by either QAI or Ecocert Canada, while the remaining Canadian distribution center sells only Kosher foods and is therefore not certified organic.

        Since the formation of our predecessor in 1976, we have grown our business both organically and through acquisitions which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base. Since fiscal 2001, our net sales have increased at a compounded annual growth rate ("CAGR") of 16.1%. In recent years, our sales to existing and new customers have increased through the continued growth of the natural products industry in general, increased market share as a result of our high-quality service and broader product selection, the expansion of our existing distribution centers, the construction of new distribution centers and the development of our own line of natural and organic branded products. Through these efforts, we believe that we have broadened our geographic penetration, expanded our customer base, enhanced and diversified our product selection and increased our market share.

        We have been the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market, for more than 13 years. Effective June 2010, we amended our distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market to extend the term of the agreement for an additional seven years. Under the terms of the amended agreement, we will continue to serve as the primary wholesale natural grocery distributor to Whole Foods Market in its United States regions where we were serving as the primary distributor at the time of the amendment. The amendment extended the expiration date of the agreement from September 25, 2013 to September 25, 2020. On July 28, 2010, we announced that we had entered into an asset purchase agreement under which we agreed to acquire certain assets of Whole Foods Distribution, Inc. previously used for their self-distribution of non-perishables in their Rocky Mountain and Southwest regions, and to become the primary distributor in these regions. We closed this transaction in late September 2010 in the case of the Southwest region and early October 2010 in the case of the Rocky Mountain region. We now serve as the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions

1


Table of Contents


in the United States, and have amended our distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market effective October 11, 2010 to include these regions.

        In June 2010, we acquired certain Canadian food distribution assets (the "SDG assets") of the SunOpta Distribution Group business ("SDG") of SunOpta Inc. ("SunOpta"), through our wholly-owned subsidiary, UNFI Canada, Inc. ("UNFI Canada"). With the acquisition, we became the largest distributor of natural, organic and specialty foods, including kosher foods, in Canada. This was a strategic acquisition as UNFI Canada provides us with an immediate platform for growth in the Canadian market.

        The ability to distribute specialty food items (including ethnic, kosher and gourmet) has accelerated our expansion into a number of high-growth business segments and provided immediate market share in the fast-growing specialty foods market. Due to our expansion into specialty foods, during fiscal 2010 and 2011 we gained new business with a number of conventional supermarkets that previously had not done business with us because we did not distribute specialty products, including our recently announced distribution agreement with Safeway, Inc. ("Safeway"). We believe that the distribution of these products enhances our conventional supermarket business channel and that our complementary product lines present opportunities for cross-selling.

        On June 9, 2011, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with L&R Distributors, Inc. ("L&R") pursuant to which we have agreed to sell our conventional non-foods and general merchandise lines of business, including certain inventory related to these product lines. This divestiture will allow us to concentrate on our core business of the distribution of natural, organic, and specialty foods and products, which have now been fully transitioned throughout our national distribution footprint. We expect this divestiture and related closure of the Harrison, Arkansas facility will be accretive to net income, excluding the restructuring and impairment charges that were incurred in fiscal 2011 and that we expect to incur in fiscal 2012 as described below in more detail, by approximately $1.5 to $2.0 million annually. See "Our Operating Structure—Wholesale Division" for further information regarding our distribution business.

        We operate 12 natural products retail stores within the United States, located primarily in Florida (with two locations in Maryland and one in Massachusetts), through our subsidiary doing business as Earth Origins Market ("EOM"). We also operate one natural product retail store, Drive Organics, in Vancouver, British Columbia. We believe that our retail business serves as a natural complement to our distribution business because it enables us to develop new marketing programs and improve customer service. In addition, our subsidiary doing business as Woodstock Farms Manufacturing specializes in the international importation, roasting, packaging and distribution of nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and confections.

        We are a Delaware corporation based in Providence, Rhode Island and we conduct business through our various wholly owned subsidiaries. We operated twenty-eight distribution centers at 2011 fiscal year end, including our Harrison, Arkansas facility which we will be closing following the completion of the divestiture of our conventional non-foods and general merchandise lines of business. We believe that our distribution centers provide us with the largest capacity of any distributor of natural, organic and specialty products in the United States or Canada. In September 2010, our distribution center located in Lancaster, Texas commenced operations. In October 2010 we assumed the operations at a distribution center located in Aurora, Colorado in connection with our asset purchase agreement with Whole Foods Distribution. With the opening of these two facilities and following our acquisition in Canada in June 2010, we have increased our distribution capacity to approximately 7.6 million square feet. Unless otherwise specified, references to "United Natural Foods," "we," "us," "our" or "the Company" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include our consolidated subsidiaries. See the financial statements and notes thereto included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Report for information regarding our financial performance.

2


Table of Contents

The Natural Products Industry

        The natural products industry encompasses a wide range of products including organic and non-organic foods, nutritional, herbal and sports supplements, toiletries and personal care items, naturally-based cosmetics, natural/homeopathic medicines, pet products and cleaning agents. According to The Natural Foods Merchandiser , a leading natural products industry trade publication, sales for all types of natural products were $81 billion in 2010, a growth of $5 billion or approximately 7% from 2009. We believe the growth rate of the natural products industry has outpaced the growth of the overall food-at-home industry as a result of the increasing demand by consumers for a healthy lifestyle, food safety and environmental sustainability.

Our Operating Structure

        Our operations are comprised of three principal operating divisions. These operating divisions are:

    our wholesale division, which includes our broadline natural, organic and specialty distribution business in the United States; UNFI Canada, which is our natural, organic and specialty business in Canada; Albert's Organics, Inc. ("Albert's"), which is a leading distributor within the United States of organically grown produce and perishable items; and Select Nutrition, which distributes vitamins, minerals and supplements;

    our retail division, consisting of EOM, which operates our 12 natural products retail stores within the United States; and

    our manufacturing division, consisting of Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, which specializes in the international importation, roasting, packaging and distribution of nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and confections, and our Blue Marble Brands product lines.

    Wholesale Division

        Our broadline distribution business is organized into three regions—our Eastern Region, our Western Region and our Canadian region. We distribute natural, organic and specialty products in all of our product categories to customers in the Eastern and Midwestern portions of the United States through our Eastern Region and to customers in the Western and Central portions of the United States through our Western Region. Our Canadian Region distributes natural, organic and specialty products in all of our product categories to all of our customers in Canada. As of our 2011 fiscal year end, our Eastern Region operated nine distribution centers, which provided approximately 3.1 million square feet of warehouse space, our Western Region operated nine distribution centers, which provided approximately 2.7 million square feet of warehouse space and our Canadian Region operated five distribution centers, which provided approximately 0.3 million square feet of warehouse space.

        Through Albert's, we distribute organically grown produce and non-produce perishables, such as organic milk, dressings, eggs, juices, poultry and various other refrigerated specialty items. Albert's operates out of seven distribution centers providing approximately 0.2 million square feet of warehouse space, strategically located in all regions of the United States, and is designated as a "Certified Organic Distributor" by QAI.

        Through Select Nutrition, we distribute more than 14,000 health and beauty aids, vitamins, minerals and supplements from distribution centers in Pennsylvania and California.

        Certain of our distribution centers are shared by multiple operations within our wholesale division.

3


Table of Contents

    Retail Division

        We operate 12 natural products retail stores through EOM within the United States, nine of which are located in Florida, two in Maryland and one in Massachusetts. We also operate a retail store in Vancouver, British Columbia that is reflected within our wholesale division. We believe that our retail business serves as a natural complement to our distribution business because it enables us to develop new marketing programs and improve customer service.

        We believe our retail stores have a number of advantages over their competitors, including our financial strength and marketing expertise, the purchasing power resulting from group purchasing by stores within EOM and the breadth of our product selection.

        We believe that we benefit from certain advantages in acting as a distributor to our retail stores, including our ability to:

    control the purchases made by these stores;

    expand the number of high-growth, high-margin product categories, such as produce and prepared foods, within these stores; and

    stay abreast of the trends in the retail marketplace, which enables us to better anticipate and serve the needs of our wholesale customers.

        Additionally, as the primary natural products distributor to our retail locations, we realize significant economies of scale and operating and buying efficiencies. As an operator of retail stores, we also have the ability to test market select products prior to offering them nationally. We can then evaluate consumer reaction to the product without incurring significant inventory risk. We also are able to test new marketing and promotional programs within our stores prior to offering them to our wholesale customer base.

    Manufacturing Division

        Our subsidiary Woodstock Farms Manufacturing specializes in the international importation, roasting, packaging and distribution of nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items and confections. We sell these items in bulk and through private label packaging arrangements with large health food, supermarket and convenience store chains and independent owners. We operate an organic (USDA and QAI) and kosher (Circle K) certified packaging, roasting, and processing facility in New Jersey.

        Our Blue Marble Brands product lines address certain needs or preferences of customers of our wholesale division, which are not otherwise being met by other suppliers. We carry over 15 brand names, representing over 600 unique products. Our Blue Marble products are sold through our wholesale division, through third-party distributors in the natural, organic and specialty industry and directly to retailers. Our Field Day® brand is only sold to customers in our independent channel, and is meant to serve as a private label brand for independent retailers to allow them to compete with conventional supermarkets which often have their own private label store brands.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe we distinguish ourselves from our competitors through the following strengths:

    We are the market leader with a nationwide presence in the United States and Canada.

        We believe that we are the largest distributor of natural, organic and specialty products by sales in the United States and Canada, and one of the few distributors capable of meeting the natural, organic and specialty product needs of local and regional customers, supermarket chains, and the rapidly

4


Table of Contents

growing supernatural chain. We completed the build-out of our distribution system in September 2010 with the opening of our facility in Lancaster, Texas. We believe that our network of twenty-eight distribution centers (including five in Canada) creates significant advantages over smaller and regional distributors. Our nationwide presence across the United States and Canada allows us to offer marketing and customer service programs across regions, offer a broader product selection and provide operational excellence with high service levels and same day or next day on-time deliveries.

    We are an efficient distributor.

        We believe that our scale affords us significant benefits within a highly fragmented industry including volume purchasing opportunities and warehouse and distribution efficiencies. Our continued growth has allowed us to expand our existing facilities and open new facilities as we seek to achieve maximum operating efficiencies, including reduced fuel and other transportation costs, and has created sufficient capacity for future growth. Recent efficiency improvements include the centralization of general and administrative functions, the consolidation of systems applications among physical locations and regions and the optimization of customer distribution routes, all of which reduced expenses. We have made significant investments in our people, facilities, equipment and technology to broaden our footprint and enhance the efficiency of our operations. Key examples include the following:

    Our 597,000 square foot distribution center in Moreno Valley, California commenced operations in 2008 and serves our customers in Southern California, Arizona, Southern Nevada, Southern Utah, and Hawaii.

    Our 654,000 square foot distribution center in York, Pennsylvania commenced operations in 2009 and replaced our New Oxford, Pennsylvania facility serving customers in New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Ohio, Virginia, and West Virginia.

    In 2009, we successfully relocated our former DHI specialty distribution facility in East Brunswick, New Jersey to our York, Pennsylvania distribution center, creating our first fully integrated facility offering a full assortment of natural, organic, and specialty foods.

    In 2009, we commenced operations at a new facility in Charlotte, North Carolina serving Albert's customers in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee, and Virginia.

    In connection with the acquisition of the SDG assets in June 2010, we acquired five distribution facilities which provided a nationwide presence in Canada with approximately 286,000 square feet of distribution space and the ability to serve all major markets in Canada.

    In September 2010, we commenced operations at a new facility in Lancaster, Texas serving customers throughout the Southwestern United States, including Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arkansas and Louisiana.

    In October 2010 we began operating the former Whole Foods Distribution facility in Aurora, Colorado.

    Finally, during July 2011 we completed the integration of specialty food products into our nationwide platform.

    We have extensive and long-standing customer relationships and provide superior service.

        Throughout the 35 years of our, and our predecessors' operations, we have developed long-standing customer relationships, which we believe are among the strongest in our industry. In particular, we have been the primary supplier of natural and organic products to the largest supernatural chain in the United States, Whole Foods Market, for more than 13 years. A key driver of our strong customer loyalty is our superior service levels, which include accurate fulfillment of orders, timely product delivery, competitive prices and a high level of product marketing support. Our average

5


Table of Contents

distribution in-stock service level for fiscal 2011, measured as the percentage of items ordered by customers that are delivered by the requested delivery date (excluding manufacturer out-of-stocks and discontinued items), was approximately 98%. We believe that our high distribution service levels are attributable to our experienced purchasing departments and sophisticated warehousing, inventory control and distribution systems. Furthermore, we offer next-day delivery service to a majority of our active customers and offer multiple deliveries each week to our largest customers, which we believe differentiates us from many of our competitors.

    We have an experienced, motivated management team and employee base.

        Our management team has extensive experience in the retail and distribution business, including the natural and specialty product industries. On average, our ten executive officers have over eighteen years of experience in the retail, natural products or food distribution industry. In addition, we believe our employee base is highly motivated as our Employee Stock Ownership Trust beneficially owns approximately 4.5% of our common stock outstanding. Furthermore, a significant portion of our employees' compensation is equity based or performance based, and, therefore, there is a substantial incentive to continue to generate strong growth in operating results in the future.

Our Growth Strategy

        We seek to maintain and enhance our position within the natural and organic industry in the United States and Canada and to increase our market share in the specialty products industry. Since our formation, we have grown our business through the acquisition of a number of distributors and suppliers, which has expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base. For example, we acquired our Albert's, EOM, Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, and specialty businesses and, during fiscal 2010, we acquired the assets that comprise UNFI Canada.

        To implement our growth strategy, we intend to continue increasing our leading market share of the growing natural and organic products industry by expanding our customer base, increasing our share of existing customers' business and continuing to expand and further penetrate new distribution territories, particularly in the Mid-Atlantic and Southwestern United States markets and Canadian markets. We plan to expand our presence within the specialty industry by offering new and existing customers a single wholesale distributor capable of meeting their specialty and natural and organic product needs on a national or regional basis. Key elements of our strategy include:

    Expanding Our Customer Base

        As of July 30, 2011, we served more than 23,000 customer locations primarily in the United States and Canada. We plan to expand our coverage of the highly fragmented natural and organic and specialty products industry by cultivating new customer relationships within the industry and by further developing our existing channels of distribution, such as independent natural products retailers, conventional supermarkets, mass market outlets, institutional foodservice providers, buying clubs and gourmet stores. With the coordinated distribution of our specialty products with our natural and organic products, which commenced with the integration of our York, Pennsylvania facility in April 2009, we believe that we have the opportunity to continue gaining market share in the conventional supermarket channel as the result of our ability to offer an integrated and efficient distribution solution for our customers. In fiscal 2010 we gained new business from a number of conventional supermarket customers, including Giant-Landover, Shop-Rite and Kings, partially as a result of our complementary product selection. In part as a result of our product breadth, in fiscal 2011 we were awarded new business from several other supermarket customers, including Giant Eagle and Safeway. We expect to begin shipping to Safeway nationally in October 2011.

6


Table of Contents

    Increasing Our Market Share of Existing Customers' Business

        We believe that we are the primary distributor of natural and organic products to the majority of our natural products customer base, including to Whole Foods Market, our largest customer. We intend to maintain our position as the primary supplier for a majority of our customers, and to add to the number of customers for which we serve as primary supplier by offering the broadest product selection in our industry at competitive prices. With the expansion of specialty product offerings, we believe that we have the ability to further meet our existing customers' needs for specialty foods and products, representing an opportunity to accelerate our sales growth within the conventional supermarket, supernatural and independent channels.

    Continuing to Improve the Efficiency of Our Nationwide Distribution Network

        We have invested approximately $226 million in our distribution network and infrastructure over the past five fiscal years. We completed the build-out of our nationwide distribution system in September 2010 with the opening of our facility in Lancaster, Texas. Our Lancaster facility is the first facility to use our national supply chain platform and warehouse management system which we plan to implement throughout our network by the end of fiscal 2013 and which we believe will further enhance the efficiency of our network. Although our distribution network services all markets in the United States and Canada, we will continue to selectively evaluate opportunities to build or lease new facilities or to acquire distributors to better serve existing markets. Further, we will maintain our focus on realizing efficiencies and economies of scale in purchasing, warehousing, transportation and general and administrative functions, which, combined with incremental fixed cost leverage, should lead to continued improvements in our operating margin.

    Expanding into Other Distribution Channels and Geographic Markets

        We believe that we will be successful in expanding into the foodservice channel as well as further enhancing our presence outside of the United States and Canada. We will continue to seek to develop regional relationships and alliances with companies such as Aramark Corporation, the Compass Group North America, and Sodexho Inc. in the foodservice channel and seek other alliances outside the United States and Canada.

    Continuing to Selectively Pursue Opportunistic Acquisitions

        Throughout our history, we have successfully identified, consummated and integrated multiple acquisitions. Since 2000, we have successfully completed nine acquisitions of distributors, manufacturers and suppliers, two acquisitions of retail stores and eleven acquisitions of branded product lines. We intend to continue to selectively pursue opportunistic acquisitions to expand the breadth of our distribution network, increase our efficiency or add additional products and capabilities.

    Continuing to Provide the Leading Distribution Solution

        We believe that we provide the leading distribution solution to the natural, organic and specialty products industry through our national presence, regional preferences, focus on customer service and breadth of product offerings. Our service levels, which we believe to be the highest in our industry, are attributable to our experienced purchasing departments and our sophisticated warehousing, inventory control and distribution systems. See "—Our Focus on Technology" below for more information regarding our use of technology in our warehousing, inventory control and distribution systems.

        We also offer our customers a selection of inventory management, merchandising, marketing, promotional and event management services designed to increase sales and enhance customer satisfaction. These marketing services, which primarily are utilized by customers in our independently

7


Table of Contents


owned natural products retailers channel and many of which are co-sponsored with suppliers, include monthly and thematic circular programs, in-store signage and assistance in product display.

Our Customers

        We maintain long-standing customer relationships with independently-owned natural products retailers, supernatural chains and supermarket chains. In addition, we emphasize our relationships with new customers, such as conventional supermarkets, mass market outlets and gourmet stores, which are continually increasing their natural product offerings. The following were included among our wholesale customers for fiscal 2011:

    Whole Foods Market, the largest supernatural chain in the United States and Canada;

    conventional supermarket chains, including Kroger, Wegman's, Haggen's, Stop and Shop, Giant, Quality Food Centers, Hannaford, Food Lion, Bashas', Shop-Rite, Rainbow, Lowe's, King's, Publix, Fred Meyer and United Supermarkets; and

    mass market chains, including Target, BJ's Wholesale Club and Costco.

        Whole Foods Market is our only customer that represented more than 10% of total net sales in fiscal 2011, and accounted for approximately 36% of our net sales. In October 2006, we announced a seven-year distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market, which commenced on September 26, 2006. In June 2010 we amended our distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market to extend the term of the agreement for an additional seven years. Under the terms of the amended agreement, we will continue to serve as the primary wholesale natural grocery distributor to Whole Foods Market in its United States regions where we currently serve as the primary distributor. The amendment extended the expiration date of the agreement from September 25, 2013 to September 25, 2020.

        On July 28, 2010, we announced that we had entered into an asset purchase agreement under which we agreed to acquire certain assets of Whole Foods Distribution, Inc. previously used for their self-distribution of non-perishables in their Rocky Mountain and Southwest regions, and to become the primary distributor in these regions. We closed this transaction in late September 2010 in the case of the Southwest region and early October 2010 in the case of the Rocky Mountain region. We now serve as the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions in the United States, and have amended our distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market effective October 11, 2010 to include these regions.

        The following table lists the percentage of sales by customer type for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009:

 
  Percentage of Net Sales  
Customer Type
  2011   2010   2009  

Independently owned natural products retailers

    37 %   40 %   42 %

Supernatural chains

    36 %   35 %   33 %

Conventional supermarkets and mass market chains

    22 %   21 %   20 %

Other

    5 %   4 %   5 %

        We distribute natural, organic and specialty foods and non-food products to customers located in the United States and Canada, as well as to customers located in other foreign countries. Our total international sales, including those by UNFI Canada, represented approximately five percent and one percent of our business in fiscal 2011 and 2010, respectfully. We believe that our sales outside the United States, as a percentage of our total sales, will expand as we seek to grow our Canadian operations.

8


Table of Contents

Our Marketing Services

        We offer a variety of marketing services designed to increase sales for our customers and suppliers, including consumer and trade marketing programs, as well as programs to support suppliers in understanding our markets. Trade and consumer marketing programs are supplier-sponsored programs which cater to a broad range of retail formats. These programs are designed to educate consumers, profile suppliers and increase sales for retailers, many of which do not have the resources necessary to conduct such marketing programs independently.

        Our consumer marketing programs include:

    multiple monthly, region-specific, consumer circular programs, which feature the logo and address of the participating retailer imprinted on a circular that advertises products sold by the retailer to its customers. The monthly circular programs are structured to pass through the benefit of our negotiated discounts and advertising allowances to the retailer, and also provide retailers with posters and shelf tags to coincide with each month's promotions. We also offer a web-based tool which retailers can use to produce highly customized circulars and other marketing materials for their stores.

    quarterly coupon programs featuring supplier sponsored coupons, for display and distribution by participating retailers.

    bi-annual themed "Celebration" sales and educational brochures to drive sales and educate consumers. Brochures are imprinted with participating retailers' store logo and information.

    a truck advertising program that allows our suppliers to purchase ad space on the sides of our hundreds of trailers traveling throughout the United States and Canada, increasing brand exposure to consumers.

        Our trade marketing programs include:

    a variety of programs designed to feature suppliers, highlight new products and generate volume sales.

    a website for retailers with category management tools, retail staff development resources and other resources designed to help our customers succeed.

    specialized catalogs for holiday promotions and special dietary needs.

        Our supplier marketing programs include:

    SIS, an information-sharing program that helps our suppliers better understand our customers' businesses, in order to generate mutually beneficial incremental sales in an efficient manner.

    ClearVue, an information sharing program designed to improve the transparency of information and drive efficiency within the supply chain. With the availability of in-depth data and tailored reporting tools, participants are able to reduce inventory balances with the elimination of forward buys, while improving service levels.

    Growth Incentive programs, supplier-focused high-level sales and marketing support for selected brands, which foster our partnership by building incremental, mutually profitable sales for suppliers and us.

        We keep current with the latest trends in the industry. Periodically, we conduct focus group sessions with certain key retailers and suppliers to ascertain their needs and allow us to better service them. We also:

    produce a quarterly report of trends in the natural and organic industry;

9


Table of Contents

    offer in-store signage and promotional materials, including shopping bags and end-cap displays;

    provide assistance with planning and setting up product displays;

    provide shelf tags for products;

    provide assistance with store layout designs; new store design and equipment procurement;

    provide planogramming, shelf and category management support;

    provide product data information such as best seller lists, store usage reports and easy-to-use product catalogs; and

    provide a website on which retailers can access various individual retailer-specific reports and product information.

Our Products

        Our extensive selection of high-quality natural, organic and specialty products enables us to provide a primary source of supply to a diverse base of customers whose product needs vary significantly. We carry more than 60,000 high-quality natural, organic and specialty products, consisting of national brand, regional brand, private label and master distribution products, in six product categories: grocery and general merchandise, produce, perishables and frozen foods, nutritional supplements, bulk and food service products and personal care items. Our branded product lines address certain needs or preferences of our customers, which are not otherwise being met by other suppliers.

        We continuously evaluate potential new private branded and other products based on both existing and anticipated trends in consumer preferences and buying patterns. Our buyers regularly attend regional and national natural, organic, specialty, ethnic and gourmet product shows to review the latest products that are likely to be of interest to retailers and consumers. We also actively solicit suggestions for new products from our customers. We make the majority of our new product decisions at the regional level. We believe that our purchasing practices allow our regional buyers to react quickly to changing consumer preferences and to evaluate new products and new product categories regionally. Additionally, many of the new products that we offer are marketed on a regional basis or in our own retail stores prior to being offered nationally, which enable us to evaluate local consumer reaction to the products without incurring significant inventory risk. Furthermore, by exchanging regional product sales information between our regions, we are able to make more informed and timely new product decisions in each region.

        We maintain a comprehensive quality assurance program. All of the products we sell that are represented as "organic" are required to be certified as such by an independent third-party agency. We maintain current certification affidavits on all organic commodities and produce in order to verify the authenticity of the product. All potential suppliers of organic products are required to provide such third-party certifications to us before they are approved as suppliers.

Our Suppliers

        We purchase our products from approximately 4,600 suppliers. The majority of our suppliers are based in the United States and Canada, but we also source products from suppliers throughout Europe, Asia, Central America, South America, Africa and Australia. We believe suppliers of natural and organic products seek to distribute their products through us because we provide access to a large and growing customer base across the United States and Canada, distribute the majority of the suppliers' products and offer a wide variety of marketing programs to our customers to help sell the suppliers' products. Substantially all product categories that we distribute are available from a number of suppliers and, therefore, we are not dependent on any single source of supply for any product category.

10


Table of Contents


Our largest supplier, Hain Celestial Group, Inc. ("Hain"), accounted for approximately 6% of our total purchases in fiscal 2011. However, the product categories we purchase from Hain can be purchased from a number of other suppliers. In addition, although we have exclusive distribution arrangements and vendor support programs with several suppliers, none of our suppliers account for more than 10% of our total purchases.

        We have positioned ourselves as the largest purchaser of organically grown bulk products in the natural and organic products industry by centralizing our purchase of nuts, seeds, grains, flours and dried foods. As a result, we are able to negotiate purchases from suppliers on the basis of volume and other considerations that may include discounted pricing or prompt payment discounts. Furthermore, many of our purchase arrangements include the right of return to the supplier with respect to products that we do not sell in a certain period of time. As described under "Our Products" above, each region is responsible for placing its own orders and can select the products that it believes will most appeal to its customers, although each region is able to participate in our company-wide purchasing programs. Our outstanding commitments for the purchase of inventory were approximately $17.2 million as of July 30, 2011.

Our Distribution System

        We have carefully chosen the sites for our distribution centers to provide direct access to our regional markets. This proximity allows us to reduce our transportation costs relative to those of our competitors that seek to service these customers from locations that are often several hundreds of miles away. The opening of our Lancaster, Texas distribution center has significantly reduced the miles driven associated with servicing the customers of that facility as many of those customers were previously serviced from our Denver, Colorado facility. We believe that we incur lower inbound freight expense than our regional competitors, because our scale allows us to buy full and partial truckloads of products. When financially advantageous, we backhaul between our distribution centers and satellite, staging facilities using our own trucks. Additionally, we generally can redistribute overstocks and inventory imbalances between distribution centers if needed, which helps ensure products are sold prior to their expiration date.

        Products are delivered to our distribution centers primarily by our fleet of leased trucks, contract carriers and the suppliers themselves. We lease our trucks from national leasing companies such as Ryder Truck Leasing and Penske Truck Leasing, which in some cases maintain facilities on our premises for the maintenance and service of these vehicles. Other trucks are leased from regional firms that offer competitive services.

        We ship certain orders for supplements or for items that are destined for areas outside of regular delivery routes through United Parcel Service and other independent carriers. Deliveries to areas outside the continental United States and Canada are typically shipped by ocean-going containers on a weekly basis.

Our Focus on Technology

        We have made a significant investment in distribution, financial, information and warehouse management systems. We continually evaluate and upgrade our management information systems at our regional operations based on the best practices in the distribution industry to make the systems more efficient, cost-effective and responsive to customer needs. These systems include functionality in radio frequency inventory control, pick-to-voice systems, pick-to-light systems, computer-assisted order processing and slot locator/retrieval assignment systems. At our receiving docks, warehouse associates attach computer-generated, preprinted locator tags to inbound products. These tags contain the expiration date, locations, quantity, lot number and other information about the products in bar code format. Customer returns are processed by scanning the UPC bar codes. We also employ a

11


Table of Contents


management information system that enables us to lower our inbound transportation costs by making optimum use of our own fleet of trucks or by consolidating deliveries into full truckloads. Orders from multiple suppliers and multiple distribution centers are consolidated into single truckloads for efficient use of available vehicle capacity and return-haul trips. In addition, we utilize route efficiency software that assists us in developing the most efficient routes for our trucks. During fiscal 2012 and 2013, we will continue the roll-out of our new national supply chain platform and warehouse management system, which was launched in our new Lancaster, Texas facility and is now being implemented distribution center by distribution center.

Intellectual Property

        We do not own or have the right to use any patent, trademark, tradename, license, franchise, or concession which upon loss would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

Competition

        Our largest competition comes from direct distribution, whereby a customer reaches a product volume level that justifies distribution directly from the manufacturer. Our major wholesale distribution competitor in both the United States and Canada is KeHE Distributors, LLC ("Kehe"), which acquired Tree of Life Distribution, Inc. ("Tree of Life") in January 2010. In addition to its natural and organic products, Kehe distributes specialty food products, thereby diversifying its product selection, and markets its own private label program. Kehe's subsidiary, Tree of Life has also earned QAI certification. We also compete in the United States with over 200 smaller regional and local distributors of natural, ethnic, kosher, gourmet and other specialty foods that focus on niche or regional markets, and with national, regional and local distributors of conventional groceries and companies that distribute to their own retail facilities.

        We believe that distributors in the natural and specialty products industries primarily compete on distribution service levels, product quality, depth of inventory selection, price and quality of customer service. We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.

        Our retail stores compete against other natural products outlets, conventional supermarkets and specialty stores. We believe that retailers of natural products compete principally on product quality and selection, price, customer service, knowledge of personnel and convenience of location. We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.

Government Regulation

        Our operations and many of the products that we distribute in the United States are subject to regulation by state and local health departments, the USDA and the United States Food and Drug Administration, which generally impose standards for product quality and sanitation and are responsible for the administration of bioterrorism legislation. In the United States, our facilities generally are inspected at least once annually by state or federal authorities.

        The Surface Transportation Board and the Federal Highway Administration regulate our trucking operations. In addition, interstate motor carrier operations are subject to safety requirements prescribed by the United States Department of Transportation and other relevant federal and state agencies. Such matters as weight and dimension of equipment are also subject to federal and state regulations.

        Our operations do not generally subject us to federal, provincial, state and local environmental laws and regulations. However, certain of our distribution facilities have above-ground storage tanks for

12


Table of Contents


hydrogen fuel, diesel fuel and other petroleum products, which are subject to laws regulating such storage tanks.

        We believe that we are in material compliance with all federal, provincial, state and local laws applicable to our operations.

Employees

        As of July 30, 2011, we had approximately 6,900 full and part-time employees, 390 of whom (approximately 5.9%) are covered by collective bargaining agreements at our Edison, New Jersey, Auburn, Washington, Leicester, Massachusetts and Iowa City, Iowa facilities. The Edison, New Jersey, Auburn, Washington, Leicester, Massachusetts and Iowa City, Iowa agreements expire in June 2014, February 2012, March 2013 and June 2014, respectively. On June 8, 2010, the National Labor Relations Board issued a certification of representative notice to us with respect to our Dayville, Connecticut drivers, resulting from an election there in May 2010. Subsequently, we entered into negotiations with Teamsters' representatives to reach a collective bargaining agreement. On June 14, 2011, with no collective bargaining agreement having been reached, the Dayville facility drivers petitioned for decertification of union representation. A decertification election took place on July 14 – 15, 2011, and the petition failed to achieve decertification by one vote. We reached agreement on a collective bargaining agreement for those workers on August 1, 2011. In September of 2010, we received a petition for union representation of our Iowa City, Iowa distribution center's drivers and dispatchers by the Teamsters. An election was held in October of 2010, which was favorable to management, the results of which were certified in October 2010. On October 18, 2010, the National Labor Relations Board issued a petition for union representation of the warehouse associates at our Greenwood, Indiana distribution center by the Teamsters. An election was held in November 2010, and the National Labor Relations Board issued its certification of results of election in favor of management on December 1, 2010. We have never experienced a work stoppage by our unionized employees and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Seasonality

        Generally, we do not experience any material seasonality. However, our sales and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to factors such as changes in our operating expenses, management's ability to execute our operating and growth strategies, personnel changes, demand for natural products, supply shortages and general economic conditions.

Available Information

        Our internet address is http://www.unfi.com. The contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and our internet address is included in this document as an inactive textual reference only. We make our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act available free of charge through our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such reports with, or furnish such reports to, the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        We have adopted a code of conduct and ethics for certain employees pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. A copy of our code of conduct and ethics is posted on our website, and is available free of charge by writing to United Natural Foods, Inc., 313 Iron Horse Way, Providence, Rhode Island, 02908, Attn: Investor Relations.

13


Table of Contents

Executive Officers of the Registrant

        Our executive officers are elected on an annual basis and serve at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Our executive officers and their ages as of September 15, 2011 are listed below:

Name
  Age   Position
Steven L. Spinner     51   President and Chief Executive Officer
Mark E. Shamber     42   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Joseph J. Traficanti     60   Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary
Sean Griffin     52   Senior Vice President, National Distribution
Eric A. Dorne     50   Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Thomas A. Dziki     50   Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resource and Sustainability Officer
Kurt Luttecke     44   President of the Western Region
Craig H. Smith     52   President of the Eastern Region
David A. Matthews     46   President of UNFI International
Thomas Grillea     55   President of Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, Select Nutrition Distributors, and Earth Origins Market

         Steven L. Spinner has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our Board of Directors since September 2008. Mr. Spinner served as the Interim President of our Eastern Region, after David Matthews became President of UNFI International in September 2010 and prior to the hiring of Craig H. Smith in December 2010. Prior to joining us in September 2008, Mr. Spinner served as a director and as Chief Executive Officer of Performance Food Group Company ("PFG") from October 2006 to May 2008, when PFG was acquired by affiliates of The Blackstone Group and Wellspring Capital Management. Mr. Spinner previously had served as PFG's President and Chief Operating Officer beginning in May 2005. Mr. Spinner served as PFG's Senior Vice President and Chief Executive Officer—Broadline Division from February 2002 to May 2005 and as PFG's Broadline Division President from August 2001 to February 2002.

         Mark E. Shamber has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since October 2006. Mr. Shamber previously served as our Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer from January 2006 until October 2006, as Vice President and Corporate Controller from August 2005 to October 2006 and as our Corporate Controller from June 2003 until August 2005. From February 1995 until June 2003, Mr. Shamber served in various positions of increasing responsibility up to and including senior manager within the assurance and advisory business systems practice at the international accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP.

         Joseph J. Traficanti has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary since April 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Traficanti served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary of PFG from November 2004 until April 2009.

         Sean Griffin has served as our Senior Vice President, National Distribution since January 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Griffin was East Region Broadline President of PFG. In this role he managed over 10 divisions and $2 Billion in sales. Previously he served as President of PFG—Springfield, MA from 2003 until 2008. He began his career with Sysco Corporation in 1986 and has held various leadership positions in the foodservice distribution industry with U.S. Foodservice, Alliant Foodservice and Sysco Corporation.

         Eric Dorne has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer since September 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dorne was Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for The

14


Table of Contents


Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc., the parent company of the A&P, Pathmark, SuperFresh, Food Emporium and Waldbaum's supermarket chains located in the Eastern United States from January 2011 to August 2011, and Vice President and Chief Information Officer from August 2005 to January 2011. In his more than 30 years at The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Mr. Dorne held various executive positions including Vice President of Enterprise IT Application Management and Development, Vice President of Store Operations Systems and Director of Retail Support Services.

         Thomas A. Dziki has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resource and Sustainability Officer since August 2010. Prior to August 2010, Mr. Dziki served as our Senior Vice President of Sustainable Development since January 2010, as our Vice President of Sustainable Development since June 2009, and as National Vice President of Real Estate and Construction since August 2006. Prior to that time, Mr. Dziki had served as President of Woodstock Farms Manufacturing and Select Nutrition from December 2004 until August 2006, Corporate Vice President of Special Projects from December 2003 to November 2004 and as our Manager of Special Projects from May 2002 to December 2003. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dziki served as a private consultant to our company, our subsidiaries, Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, EOM, Albert's, and our predecessor company, Cornucopia Natural Foods, Inc., from 1995 to May 2002.

         Kurt Luttecke has served as our President of the Western Region since June 2009. Mr. Luttecke served as our President of Albert's Organics from June 2007 to June 2009. Prior to joining us, Mr. Luttecke spent 16 years at Wild Oats serving as its Vice President of Perishables from 2006 to June 2007, Vice President of Meat/Seafood & Food Service Supply Chain from 2004 to 2006, Director of Perishables from 2001 to 2004, and Director of Operations from 1995 to 2001.

         Craig H. Smith has served as our President of the Eastern Region since December 2010. Prior to joining us, Mr. Smith was Atlantic Region President of U.S. Foodservice, a leading broadline foodservice distributor of national, private label, and signature brand items in the United States from May 2008 to December 2010. From April 2006 to May 2008, Mr. Smith was Senior Vice President of Street Sales of U.S. Foodservice. In his 17 years at U.S. Foodservice, Mr. Smith held various other executive positions including North Region Zone President, Detroit Market President and Boston Market President. Prior to U.S. Foodservice, Mr. Smith held several positions at food service industry manufacturer and distributor Rykoff-Sexton, Inc. from 1982 until 1993.

         David A. Matthews has served as our President of UNFI International with responsibility for our Canadian and other international operations since September 2010. From June 2009 to September 2010 he was our President of the Eastern Region. Prior to joining us, Mr. Matthews served as President and CEO of Progressive Group Alliance ("ProGroup"), a wholly owned subsidiary of PFG from January 2007 to May 2009, as Chief Financial Officer of ProGroup from December 2004 to January 2007, and as Senior Vice President of Finance and Technology of ProGroup from July 2000 to December 2004.

         Thomas Grillea has served as our President of Woodstock Farms Manufacturing since May 2009, President of Earth Origins Market since May 2008, and President of Select Nutrition Distributors since September 2007. Mr. Grillea served as our General Manager for Select Nutrition Distributors from September 2006 to September 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Grillea served in a management capacity for Whole Foods Market from 2004 through 2005, and in various management capacities for American Health and Diet Centers and the Vitamin Shoppe from 1998 through 2003.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

        Our business, financial condition and results of operations are subject to various risks and uncertainties, including those described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This section discusses factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could cause our actual results to differ materially from expected and historical results. Our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.

        We note these factors for investors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties applicable to our business. See "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Forward-Looking Statements."

    We depend heavily on our principal customer and our success is heavily dependent on our principal customer's ability to grow its business.

        Whole Foods Market accounted for approximately 36% of our net sales in fiscal 2011. We serve as the primary distributor of natural, organic and specialty non-perishable products to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions in the United States under the terms of our amended distribution agreement which expires on September 25, 2020. Our ability to maintain a close mutually beneficial relationship with Whole Foods Market is an important element to our continued growth.

        The loss or cancellation of business from Whole Foods Market, including from increased distribution to their own facilities or closures of stores, could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Similarly, if Whole Foods Market is not able to grow its business, including as a result of a reduction in the level of discretionary spending by its customers, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

    Our operations are sensitive to economic downturns.

        The grocery industry is sensitive to national and regional economic conditions and the demand for the products that we distribute, particularly our specialty products, may be adversely affected from time to time by economic downturns that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Future economic conditions such as employment levels, business conditions, interest rates, inflation rates, energy and fuel costs and tax rates could reduce consumer spending or change consumer purchasing habits. Among these changes could be a reduction in the number of natural and organic products that consumers purchase where there are non-organic, which we refer to as conventional, alternatives, given that many natural and organic products, and particularly natural and organic foods, often have higher retail prices than do their conventional counterparts.

    Our business is a low margin business and our profit margins may decrease due to consolidation in the grocery industry.

        The grocery distribution industry generally is characterized by relatively high volume of sales with relatively low profit margins. The continuing consolidation of retailers in the natural products industry and the growth of supernatural chains may reduce our profit margins in the future as more customers qualify for greater volume discounts, and we experience pricing pressures from suppliers and retailers. Over the last two fiscal years, we have increased our sales to our supernatural chain and conventional supermarket customers in relation to our total sales. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011, we announced that we had entered into a three-year distribution arrangement to supply Safeway with nonproprietary natural, organic and specialty products, which will further increase the percentage of our total sales to conventional supermarkets. Sales to these customers within our supernatural chain and conventional

16


Table of Contents

supermarket channels generate a lower gross margin than do sales to our independent customers. Many of these customers, including our largest customer, have agreements with us that include volume discounts. As the amounts these customers purchase from us increase, the price that they pay for the products they purchase is reduced, putting downward pressure on our gross margins on these sales. To compensate for these lower gross margins, we must reduce the expenses we incur to service these customers. If we are unable to reduce our expenses, including our expenses related to servicing this lower gross margin business, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely impacted.

    Our business may be sensitive to inflationary and deflationary pressures.

        Many of our sales are at prices that are based on our product cost plus a percentage markup. As a result, volatile food costs have a direct impact upon our profitability. Prolonged periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our profit margins and results of operations to the extent that we are unable to pass on all or a portion of such product cost increases to our customers. In addition, product cost inflation may negatively impact the consumer discretionary spending trends of our customers' customers, which could adversely affect our sales. Conversely, because many of our sales are at prices that are based upon product cost plus a percentage markup, our profit levels may be negatively impacted during periods of product cost deflation even though our gross profit as a percentage of net sales may remain relatively constant. To compensate for lower gross margins, we, in turn, must reduce expenses that we incur to service our customers.

    Our customers generally are not obligated to continue purchasing products from us.

        Many of our customers buy from us under purchase orders, and we generally do not have agreements with or commitments from these customers for the purchase of products. We cannot assure you that our customers will maintain or increase their sales volumes or orders for the products supplied by us or that we will be able to maintain or add to our existing customer base. Decreases in our customers' sales volumes or orders for products supplied by us may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    We have significant competition from a variety of sources.

        We operate in competitive markets and our future success will be largely dependent on our ability to provide quality products and services at competitive prices. Bidding for contracts or arrangements with customers, particularly within the supernatural chain and conventional supermarket channels, is highly competitive and distributors may market their services to a particular customer over a long period of time before they are invited to bid. Our competition comes from a variety of sources, including other distributors of natural products as well as specialty grocery and mass market grocery distributors and retail customers that have their own distribution channels. We cannot assure you that mass market grocery distributors will not increase their emphasis on natural products and more directly compete with us including through self-distribution of particular items or purchases of particular items directly from suppliers or that new competitors will not enter the market. These distributors may have been in business longer than we have, may have substantially greater financial and other resources than we have and may be better established in their markets. We cannot assure you that our current or potential competitors will not provide products or services comparable or superior to those provided by us or adapt more quickly than we do to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements. It is also possible that alliances among competitors may develop and rapidly acquire significant market share or that certain of our customers will increase distribution to their own retail facilities. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete effectively against current and future competitors.

17


Table of Contents

    Our investment in information technology may not result in the anticipated benefits.

        Much of our sales growth is occurring in our lower gross margin supernatural and conventional supermarket channels. In our attempt to reduce operating expenses and increase operating efficiencies, we have aggressively invested in the development and implementation of new information technology. Due to start-up inefficiencies associated with the initial implementation of our technological initiatives in our Lancaster, Texas distribution facility, we have revised the timeline for the broader implementation of our proposed technological developments. While we currently believe this revised timeline will be met, we may not be able to implement these technological changes in the time frame that we have planned and delays in implementation could negatively impact our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, the costs to make these changes may exceed our estimates and will exceed the benefits during the early stages of implementation. Even if we are able to implement the changes in accordance with our revised plans, and within our current cost estimates, we may not be able achieve the expected efficiencies and cost savings from this investment, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Failure by us to develop and operate a reliable technology platform could negatively impact our business.

        Our ability to decrease costs and increase profits, as well as our ability to serve customers most effectively, depends on the reliability of our technology platform. We use software and other technology systems, among other things, to generate and select orders, to load and route trucks and to monitor and manage our business on a day-to-day basis. Any disruption to these computer systems could adversely impact our customer service, decrease the volume of our business and result in increased costs negatively affecting our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    We have experienced losses due to the uncollectability of accounts receivable in the past and could experience increases in such losses in the future if our customers are unable to timely pay their debts to us.

        Certain of our customers have from time to time experienced bankruptcy, insolvency and/or an inability to pay their debts to us as they come due. If our customers suffer significant financial difficulty, they may be unable to pay their debts to us timely or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. It is possible that customers may reject their contractual obligations to us under bankruptcy laws or otherwise. Significant customer bankruptcies could further adversely affect our revenues and increase our operating expenses by requiring larger provisions for bad debt. In addition, even when our contracts with these customers are not rejected, if customers are unable to meet their obligations on a timely basis, it could adversely affect our ability to collect receivables. Further, we may have to negotiate significant discounts and/or extended financing terms with these customers in such a situation, each of which could have material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. During periods of economic weakness like those we experienced during fiscal 2009 and the first half of fiscal 2010, small to medium-sized businesses, like many of our independently owned natural products retailer customers, may be impacted more severely and more quickly than larger businesses. Consequently, the ability of such businesses to repay their obligations to us may deteriorate, and in some cases this deterioration may occur quickly, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Our acquisition strategy may adversely affect our business and our recent expansion into Canada may not be successful.

        In June 2010, we entered the Canadian market with UNFI Canada's acquisition of the SDG assets of SunOpta, which we refer to as the SunOpta Transaction. We cannot assure you that our subsequent growth, if any, in the Canadian market will enhance our financial performance. Our ability to achieve

18


Table of Contents

the expected benefits of this acquisition will depend on, among other things, our ability to effectively translate our business strategies into a new geographic market with more rigid ingredient requirements for the products we distribute and an English and French dual labeling requirement that reduces the number of products we are likely to sell in comparison to the United States market, our ability to retain customers and suppliers, the adequacy of our implementation plans, our ability to maintain our financial and internal controls and systems as we expand within Canada, the ability of our management to oversee and operate effectively the combined operations and our ability to achieve desired operating efficiencies and sales goals. Failure to achieve these anticipated benefits could result in a reduction in the price of our common stock as well as in increased costs, decreases in the amount of expected revenues and diversion of management's time and energy and could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        A significant portion of our past growth has been achieved through acquisitions of, or mergers with, other distributors of natural, organic and specialty products. We also continually evaluate opportunities to acquire other companies. We believe that there are risks related to acquiring companies, including an inability to successfully identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate such potential acquisitions. To the extent that our future growth includes acquisitions, we cannot assure you that we will not overpay for acquisitions, lose key employees of acquired companies, fail to achieve potential synergies or expansion into new markets as a result of our acquisitions. Therefore, future acquisitions, if any, may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, particularly in periods immediately following the consummation of those transactions while the operations of the acquired business are being integrated with our operations. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends on timely, efficient and successful execution of a number of post-acquisition events, including, among other things:

    maintaining the customer base;

    optimizing delivery routes;

    coordinating administrative, distribution and finance functions; and

    integrating management information systems and personnel.

        The integration process could divert the attention of management and any difficulties or problems encountered in the transition process could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In particular, the integration process may temporarily redirect resources previously focused on reducing product cost, resulting in lower gross profits in relation to sales. In addition, the process of combining companies could cause the interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, the activities of the respective businesses, which could have an adverse effect on their combined operations.

        In connection with acquisitions of businesses in the future, if any, we may decide to consolidate the operations of any acquired business with our existing operations or make other changes with respect to the acquired business, which could result in special charges or other expenses. Our results of operations also may be adversely affected by expenses we incur in making acquisitions, by amortization of acquisition-related intangible assets with definite lives and by additional depreciation attributable to acquired assets. Any of the businesses we acquire may also have liabilities or adverse operating issues, including some that we fail to discover before the acquisition, and our indemnity for such liabilities may also be limited. Additionally, our ability to make any future acquisitions may depend upon obtaining additional financing. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on acceptable terms or at all. To the extent that we seek to acquire other businesses in exchange for our common stock, fluctuations in our stock price could have a material adverse effect on our ability to complete acquisitions.

19


Table of Contents

    We may have difficulty managing our growth.

        The growth in the size of our business and operations has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our management. Our future growth may be limited by our inability to acquire new distribution facilities or expand our existing distribution facilities, make acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired entities or significant new customers, implement information systems initiatives or adequately manage our personnel. Our future growth is limited in part by the size and location of our distribution centers. As we near maximum utilization of a given facility or maximize our processing capacity, operations may be constrained and inefficiencies have been and may be created, which could adversely affect our results of operations unless the facility is expanded, volume is shifted to another facility or additional processing capacity is added. Conversely, as we add additional facilities or expand existing operations or facilities, excess capacity may be created. Any excess capacity may also create inefficiencies and adversely affect our results of operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand our existing distribution facilities or open new distribution facilities in new or existing markets as needed to accommodate or facilitate growth. Even if we are able to expand our distribution network, our ability to compete effectively and to manage future growth, if any, will depend on our ability to continue to implement and improve operational, financial and management information systems on a timely basis and to expand, train, motivate and manage our work force. We cannot assure you that our existing personnel, systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support the future growth of our operations. Our inability to manage our growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Increased fuel costs may adversely affect our results of operations.

        Increased fuel costs may have a negative impact on our results of operations. The high cost of diesel fuel can increase the price we pay for products as well as the costs we incur to deliver products to our customers. These factors, in turn, may negatively impact our net sales, margins, operating expenses and operating results. To manage this risk, we have in the past periodically entered, and may in the future periodically enter, into heating oil derivative contracts to hedge a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. Heating crude oil prices have a highly correlated relationship to fuel prices, making these derivatives effective in offsetting changes in the cost of diesel fuel. We are not party to any commodity swap agreements and, as a result, our exposure to volatility in the price of diesel fuel has increased relative to our exposure to volatility in prior periods in which we had outstanding heating oil derivative contracts. We do not enter into fuel hedge contracts for speculative purposes. We have in the past, and may in the future, periodically enter into forward purchase commitments for a portion of our projected diesel fuel requirements. If fuel prices decrease significantly, these forward purchases may prove ineffective and result in us paying higher than the then market costs for a portion of our diesel fuel. As of July 30, 2011, there were no forward diesel fuel commitments in effect. We also maintain a fuel surcharge program which allows us to pass some of our higher fuel costs through to our customers. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to be able to pass a comparable proportion or any of our higher fuel costs to our customers in the future, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Disruption of our distribution network could adversely affect our business.

        Damage or disruption to our distribution capabilities due to weather, natural disaster, fire, terrorism, pandemic, strikes, the financial and/or operational instability of key suppliers, or other reasons could impair our ability to distribute our products. To the extent that we are unable, or it is not financially feasible, to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to manage effectively such events if they occur, there could be an adverse effect on our business financial condition or results of operations.

20


Table of Contents

    The cost of the capital available to us and any limitations on our ability to access additional capital may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        We have a $400 million secured revolving credit facility, which matures on November 27, 2012, and under which borrowings accrue interest, at our option, at either (i) the base rate (the applicable prime lending rate of Bank of America Business Capital, as announced from time to time), or (ii) the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.75%. As of July 30, 2011, our borrowing base, based on accounts receivable and inventory levels and described more completely below under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Revenues", was $400.0 million, with remaining availability of $262.0 million. We have a term loan agreement in the principal amount of $75 million secured by certain real property. The term loan is repayable over seven years based on a fifteen-year amortization schedule. Interest on the term loan accrues at one-month LIBOR plus 1.0%. As of July 30, 2011, $47.1 million was outstanding under the term loan agreement.

        In order to maintain our profit margins, we rely on strategic investment buying initiatives, such as discounted bulk purchases, which require spending significant amounts of working capital up front to purchase products that we will sell over a multi-month time period. In the event that our cost of capital increases, such as during a period in which we are not in compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio covenants under our revolving credit facility and our term loan agreement, or our ability to borrow funds or raise equity capital is limited, we could suffer reduced profit margins and be unable to grow our business organically or through acquisitions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Our debt agreements contain restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

        Our debt agreements contain financial covenants and other restrictions that limit our operating flexibility, limit our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and competitive pressures. Our indebtedness could have significant negative consequences, including:

    increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

    limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;

    limiting our flexibility in planning for or reacting to changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and

    placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors with less leverage or better access to capital resources.

        In addition, each of our credit facility and term loan requires that we comply with various financial tests and imposes certain restrictions on us, including among other things, restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens on assets, make loans or investments or pay dividends. Failure to comply with these covenants could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Our operating results are subject to significant fluctuations.

        Our operating results may vary significantly from period to period due to:

    demand for our products; including as a result of seasonal fluctuations;

    changes in our operating expenses, including fuel and insurance expenses;

    management's ability to execute our business and growth strategies;

21


Table of Contents

    changes in customer preferences, including levels of enthusiasm for health, fitness and environmental issues;

    fluctuation of natural product prices due to competitive pressures;

    personnel changes;

    general economic conditions including inflation;

    supply shortages, including a lack of an adequate supply of high-quality agricultural products due to poor growing conditions, natural disasters or otherwise;

    volatility in prices of high-quality agricultural products resulting from poor growing conditions, natural disasters or otherwise; and

    future acquisitions, particularly in periods immediately following the consummation of such acquisition transactions while the operations of the acquired businesses are being integrated into our operations.

        Due to the foregoing factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not necessarily be meaningful and that such comparisons cannot be relied upon as indicators of future performance.

    We are subject to significant governmental regulation.

        Our business is highly regulated at the federal, state and local levels and our products and distribution operations require various licenses, permits and approvals. In particular:

    the products that we distribute in the United States are subject to inspection by the United States Food and Drug Administration;

    our warehouse and distribution facilities are subject to inspection by the USDA and state health authorities; and

    the United States Department of Transportation and the United States Federal Highway Administration regulate our United States trucking operations.

        Our Canadian operations are similarly subject to extensive regulation, including the English and French dual labeling requirements applicable to products that we distribute in Canada. The loss or revocation of any existing licenses, permits or approvals or the failure to obtain any additional licenses, permits or approvals in new jurisdictions where we intend to do business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, as a distributor and manufacturer of natural, organic, and specialty foods, we are subject to increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety and the sale, packaging and marketing of natural and organic products. Compliance with these laws may impose a significant burden on our operations. If we were to manufacture or distribute foods that are or are perceived to be contaminated, any resulting product recalls, such as the peanut-related recall in January 2009 and egg recall in August 2010, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additionally, concern over climate change, including the impact of global warming, has led to significant United States and international legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Increased regulation regarding greenhouse gas emissions, especially diesel engine emissions, could impose substantial costs on us. These costs include an increase in the cost of the fuel and other energy we purchase and capital costs associated with updating or replacing our vehicles prematurely. Until the timing, scope and extent of such regulation becomes known, we cannot predict its effect on our results of operations. It is reasonably possible, however, that it could impose material costs on us which we may be unable to pass on to our customers.

22


Table of Contents

    Product liability claims could have an adverse effect on our business.

        We face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if the products we manufacture or sell cause injury or illness. We may be subject to liability, which could be substantial, because of actual or alleged contamination in products manufactured or sold by us, including products sold by companies before we acquired them. We have, and the companies we have acquired have had, liability insurance with respect to product liability claims. This insurance may not continue to be available at a reasonable cost or at all, and may not be adequate to cover product liability claims against us or against companies we have acquired. We generally seek contractual indemnification from manufacturers, but any such indemnification is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party. If we or any of our acquired companies do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification available, product liability claims and costs associated with product recalls, including a loss of business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    We are dependent on a number of key executives.

        Management of our business is substantially dependent upon the services of certain key management employees. Loss of the services of any officers or any other key management employee could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

    Union-organizing activities could cause labor relations difficulties.

        As of July 30, 2011 we had approximately 6,900 full and part-time employees, 390 of whom (approximately 5.9%) are covered by collective bargaining agreements at our Edison, New Jersey, Auburn, Washington, Leicester, Massachusetts, and Iowa City, Iowa facilities. The Edison, New Jersey, Auburn, Washington, Leicester, Massachusetts and Iowa City, Iowa agreements expire in June 2014, February 2012, March 2013 and June 2014, respectively. We have in the past been the focus of union-organizing efforts. On June 8, 2010, the National Labor Relations Board issued a certification of representative notice to us with respect to our Dayville, Connecticut drivers, resulting from an election there in May 2010. Subsequently, we entered into negotiations with Teamsters' representatives to reach a collective bargaining agreement. On June 14, 2011, with no collective bargaining agreement having been reached, the Dayville facility drivers petitioned for decertification of union representation. A decertification election took place on July 14 - 15, 2011, and the petition failed to achieve decertification by one vote. We reached agreement on a collective bargaining agreement for these workers on August 1, 2011. In September of 2010, we received a petition for union representation of our Iowa City, Iowa distribution center's drivers and dispatchers by the Teamsters. An election was held in October of 2010, which was favorable to management, the results of which were certified in October 2010. On October 18, 2010, the National Labor Relations Board issued a petition for union representation of the warehouse associates at our Greenwood, Indiana distribution center by the Teamsters. An election was held in November 2010, and the National Labor Relations Board issued its certification of results of election in favor of management on December 1, 2010.

        As we increase our employee base and broaden our distribution operations to new geographic markets, our increased visibility could result in increased or expanded union-organizing efforts. Although we have not experienced a work stoppage to date, if additional employees were to unionize or we are not successful in reaching agreement with these employees, we could be subject to work stoppages and increases in labor costs, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

23


Table of Contents

    The market price for our common stock may be volatile.

        In recent periods, there has been significant volatility in the market price of our common stock. In addition, the market price of our common stock could fluctuate substantially in the future in response to a number of factors, including the following:

    our quarterly operating results or the operating results of other distributors of organic or natural food and non-food products and of supernatural chains and conventional supermarkets and other of our customers;

    changes in general conditions in the economy, the financial markets or the organic or natural food and non-food product distribution industries;

    changes in financial estimates or recommendations by stock market analysts regarding us or our competitors;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions;

    increases in labor, energy, fuel costs or the costs of food products;

    natural disasters, severe weather conditions or other developments affecting us or our competitors;

    publication of research reports about us or the organic or natural food and non-food product distribution

        industries generally;

    changes in market valuations of similar companies;

    additions or departures of key management personnel;

    actions by institutional stockholders; and

    speculation in the press or investment community.

        In addition, in recent years the stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. This volatility has had a significant effect on the market prices of securities issued by many companies for reasons unrelated to their operating performance. These broad market fluctuations may materially adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating results.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

        We maintained twenty-eight distribution centers at July 30, 2011 which were utilized by our wholesale division. These facilities, including offsite storage space, consisted of an aggregate of approximately 7.6 million square feet of storage space, which we believe represents the largest capacity of any distributor within the United States in the natural, organic and specialty products industry.

        Set forth below for each of our distribution facilities is its location and the expiration of leases as of July 30, 2011 for those distribution facilities that we do not own. We have granted the lenders under

24


Table of Contents


our term loan facility a mortgage on those of our facilities identified with an asterisk below, which have a combined appraised value of approximately $84.3 million.

Location
  Lease Expiration
Atlanta, Georgia*   Owned
Auburn, California*   Owned
Auburn, Washington   August 2019
Aurora, Colorado   January 2013
Aurora, Colorado   July 2015
Bridgeport, New Jersey*   Owned
Burnaby, British Columbia   October 2013
Charlotte, North Carolina   September 2019
Chesterfield, New Hampshire*   Owned
Concord, Ontario   December 2014
Dayville, Connecticut*   Owned
Denver, Colorado   October 2012
Fontana, California   February 2012
Greenwood, Indiana*   Owned
Harrison, Arkansas   Owned
Iowa City, Iowa*   Owned
Lancaster, Texas   July 2020
Leicester, Massachusetts   May 2013
Moreno Valley, California   July 2023
Mounds View, Minnesota   November 2015
New Oxford, Pennsylvania*   Owned
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania   January 2014
Richmond, British Columbia   August 2022
Ridgefield, Washington   Owned
Rocklin, California*   Owned
Sarasota, Florida   July 2017
Scotstown, Quebec   Owned
St. Laurent, Quebec   August 2011
Vernon, California   Owned
York, Pennsylvania   May 2020

        We lease facilities to operate twelve retail stores through our EOM division in Florida, Maryland and Massachusetts and one retail store through our UNFI Canada division, each with various lease expiration dates. We also lease a processing and manufacturing facility in Edison, New Jersey with a lease expiration date of March 31, 2013.

        We lease office space in Santa Cruz, California, Chesterfield, New Hampshire, Uniondale, New York, Richmond, Virginia, and Providence, Rhode Island, the site of our corporate headquarters. Our leases have been entered into upon terms that we believe to be reasonable and customary. We own office space in Dayville, Connecticut.

        We also lease a warehouse facility in Minneapolis, Minnesota that we acquired in connection with our acquisition of Roots & Fruits Produce Cooperative in 2005. This facility is currently being subleased under an agreement that expires concurrently with our lease termination in November 2016. We also lease offsite storage space in Aurora, Colorado.

25


Table of Contents


ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        From time to time, we are involved in routine litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. There are no pending material legal proceedings to which we are a party or to which our property is subject.

ITEM 4.    (REMOVED AND RESERVED)

26


Table of Contents

PART II.

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

        Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market® under the symbol "UNFI." Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market® on November 1, 1996.

        The following table sets forth, for the fiscal periods indicated, the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market®:

Fiscal 2011
  High   Low  

First Quarter

  $ 37.48   $ 32.65  

Second Quarter

    39.85     34.78  

Third Quarter

    46.05     36.71  

Fourth Quarter

    45.34     39.52  

Fiscal 2010
             

First Quarter

  $ 28.28   $ 23.03  

Second Quarter

    29.35     23.29  

Third Quarter

    31.35     24.71  

Fourth Quarter

    35.12     28.92  

        On July 30, 2011, we had 92 stockholders of record. The number of record holders may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders of our common stock because depositories, brokers or other nominees hold many shares.

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We anticipate that all of our earnings in the foreseeable future will be retained to finance the continued growth and development of our business and we have no current intention to pay cash dividends. Our future dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements and financial condition, requirements of the financing agreements to which we are then a party and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. Additionally, the terms of our existing revolving credit facility restrict us from making any cash dividends unless certain conditions and financial tests are met.

        The following table provides information on shares repurchased by the Company during the fourth quarter ended July 30, 2011. For the periods presented, the shares repurchased were withheld to cover certain employee tax withholding obligations on the vesting of restricted stock awards.

Period
  Total Number
of Shares
Repurchased
  Average Price
Paid per Share
  Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as part of
Publicly
Announced
Plans or Programs
  Maximum Number
(or Approximate
Dollar Value) of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plan
or Programs
 

May 1, 2011—June 4, 2011

                 

June 5, 2011—July 2, 2011

                 

July 3, 2011—July 30, 2011

    187   $ 41.58          
                   

Total

    187   $ 41.58          

Comparative Stock Performance

        The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock for the last five fiscal years with the cumulative total return on (i) an index of Food Service Distributors and Grocery Wholesalers and (ii) The NASDAQ Composite Index. The comparison assumes the investment

27


Table of Contents


of $100 on July 29, 2006 in our common stock and in each of the indices and, in each case, assumes reinvestment of all dividends. The stock price performance shown below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

        The index of Food Service Distributors and Grocery Wholesalers (referred to below as the "Peer Group") includes Nash Finch Company, SuperValu, Inc. and SYSCO Corporation. PFG was removed from the Peer Group in 2008 following its acquisition by another company.

        This performance graph shall not be deemed "soliciting material" or be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of United Natural Foods, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among United Natural Foods, Inc., the NASDAQ Composite Index
and Index of Food Distributors and Wholesalers

GRAPHIC


*
$100 invested on 7/29/06 in stock or on 7/31/06 in index, including reinvestment of dividends. Index calculated on month-end basis.

28


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected consolidated financial data presented below are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with and is qualified by reference to "Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:(1)
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
  August 2,
2008
  July 28,
2007
 
 
   
   
   
  (53 weeks)
   
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Net sales

  $ 4,530,015   $ 3,757,139   $ 3,454,900   $ 3,365,857   $ 2,754,280  

Cost of sales

    3,705,205     3,060,208     2,794,419     2,731,965     2,244,702  
                       

Gross profit

    824,810     696,931     660,481     633,892     509,578  

Operating expenses

    688,859     582,029     550,560     541,413     415,337  

Restructuring and asset impairment expense

    6,270                 756  
                       

Total operating expenses

    695,129     582,029     550,560     541,413     416,093  
                       

Operating income

    129,681     114,902     109,921     92,479     93,485  

Other expense (income):

                               

Interest expense

    5,000     5,845     9,914     16,133     12,089  

Interest income

    (1,226 )   (247 )   (450 )   (768 )   (975 )

Other, net

    (528 )   (2,698 )   275     (82 )   156  
                       

Total other expense

    3,246     2,900     9,739     15,283     11,270  
                       

Income before income taxes

    126,435     112,002     100,182     77,196     82,215  

Provision for income taxes

    49,762     43,681     40,998     28,717     32,062  
                       

Net income

  $ 76,673   $ 68,321   $ 59,184   $ 48,479   $ 50,153  
                       

Per share data—Basic:

                               

Net income

  $ 1.62   $ 1.58   $ 1.38   $ 1.14   $ 1.18  
                       

Weighted average basic shares of common stock

    47,459     43,184     42,849     42,690     42,445  
                       

Per share data—Diluted:

                               

Net income

  $ 1.60   $ 1.57   $ 1.38   $ 1.13   $ 1.17  
                       

Weighted average diluted shares of common stock

    47,815     43,425     42,993     42,855     42,786  
                       

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
  August 2,
2008
  July 28,
2007
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Working capital

  $ 381,071   $ 194,190   $ 169,053   $ 110,897   $ 216,518  

Total assets

    1,400,988     1,250,799     1,058,550     1,084,483     800,898  

Total long term debt and capital leases, excluding current portion

    986     48,433     53,858     58,485     65,067  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 869,667   $ 630,447   $ 544,472   $ 480,050   $ 426,795  

(1)
Includes the effect of acquisitions from the date of acquisition.

29


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Forward-Looking Statements

        This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as "anticipate," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plans," "seek," "should," "will," and "would," or similar words. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss future expectations, contain projections of future results of operations or of financial positions or state other "forward-looking" information.

        Forward-looking statements involve inherent uncertainty and may ultimately prove to be incorrect or false. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Except as otherwise may be required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect changed assumptions, the occurrence of unanticipated events or actual operating results. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

    our dependence on principal customers;

    the relatively low margins and economic sensitivity of our business;

    our sensitivity to general economic conditions, including the current economic environment, changes in disposable income levels and consumer spending trends;

    our ability to successfully initiate distribution to our recently announced new retail customer;

    increased fuel costs;

    our ability to successfully consummate our pending divestiture of our non-foods and general merchandise lines of business within the expected timeframe and cost estimates currently contemplated;

    our ability to successfully deploy our operational initiatives in the Canadian market;

    the ability to identify and successfully complete acquisitions of other natural, organic and specialty food and related product distributors;

    management's allocation of capital and the timing of capital expenditures; and

    our sensitivity to inflationary pressures.

        This list of risks and uncertainties, however, is only a summary of some of the most important factors and is not intended to be exhaustive. You should carefully review the risks described under "Part I. Item 1A. Risk Factors," as well as any other cautionary language in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as the occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.

Overview

        We believe we are the leading national distributor based on sales of natural, organic and specialty foods and non-food products in the United States and Canada and that our twenty-eight distribution centers, representing approximately 7.6 million square feet of warehouse space, provide us with the

30


Table of Contents


largest capacity of any North American-based distributor in the natural, organic and specialty products industry. We carry more than 60,000 high-quality natural, organic and specialty foods and non-food products, consisting of national brands, regional brands, private label and master distribution products, in six product categories: grocery and general merchandise, produce, perishables and frozen foods, nutritional supplements and sports nutrition, bulk and food service products and personal care items. We serve more than 23,000 customer locations primarily located across the United States and Canada, the majority of which can be classified into one of the following categories: independently owned natural products retailers, which include buying clubs; supernatural chains, which consist solely of Whole Foods Market; conventional supermarkets, which include mass market chains; and other which includes foodservice and international customers outside of Canada.

        Our operations are comprised of three principal operating divisions. These operating divisions are:

    our wholesale division, which includes our broadline natural, organic and specialty distribution business in the United States, UNFI Canada, which is our natural, organic and specialty distribution business in Canada, Albert's, which is a leading distributor of organically grown produce and perishable items, and Select Nutrition, which distributes vitamins, minerals and supplements;

    our retail division, consisting of EOM, which operates our twelve natural products retail stores within the United States; and

    our manufacturing division, consisting of Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, which specializes in the importation, roasting, packaging and distribution of nuts, dried fruit, seeds, trail mixes, granola, natural and organic snack items, and confections, and our Blue Marble Brands product lines.

        In recent years, our sales to existing and new customers have increased through the continued growth of the organic and natural products industry in general, increased market share as a result of our high quality service and a broader product selection, including specialty products, and the acquisition of, or merger with, natural and specialty products distributors, the expansion of our existing distribution centers; the construction of new distribution centers; and the development of our own line of natural and organic branded products. Through these efforts, we believe that we have been able to broaden our geographic penetration, expand our customer base, enhance and diversify our product selections and increase our market share.

        We have been the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market, for more than 13 years. Effective June 2, 2010, we amended our distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market to extend the term of the agreement for an additional seven years. Under the terms of the amended agreement, we will continue to serve as the primary wholesale natural grocery distributor to Whole Foods Market in its United States regions where we were serving as the primary distributor at the time of the amendment. The amendment extended the expiration date of the agreement from September 25, 2013 to September 25, 2020. On July 28, 2010, we announced that we had entered into an asset purchase agreement under which we agreed to acquire certain assets of Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc. previously used in their self distribution of non-perishables, and have undertaken to become the primary distributor in their Rocky Mountain and Southwest regions. This transaction was completed in late September in the case of the Southwest region and early October 2010 in the case of the Rocky Mountain region. We paid approximately $21.9 million in cash consideration to acquire the purchased assets. Following the closing of this transaction, we now serve as the primary distributor to Whole Foods Market in all of its regions in the United States. Whole Foods Market accounted for approximately 36% and 35% of our net sales for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

31


Table of Contents

        In June 2010, we acquired the SDG assets of SunOpta through our wholly-owned subsidiary, UNFI Canada for cash consideration of $65.8 million. With the acquisition, we became the largest distributor of natural, organic and specialty foods, including kosher foods, in Canada. This was a strategic acquisition as UNFI Canada provides us with an immediate platform for growth in the Canadian market.

        In November 2007, we acquired two distribution centers located in Massachusetts and Arkansas which provide approximately 1.4 million square feet of warehouse space. We have now integrated specialty food products and natural and organic specialty non-food items into our broadline distribution centers across the country. We believe that this acquisition accelerated our expansion into a number of high-growth business segments and established immediate market share in the fast-growing specialty foods market. Due to our expansion into specialty foods, we were awarded new business with a number of conventional supermarkets during fiscal 2010 and 2011, including our recently announced relationship with Safeway. We believe that distribution of these products enhances our conventional supermarket business channel and that our complementary product lines continue to present opportunities for cross-selling.

        On June 9, 2011, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with L&R pursuant to which we have agreed to sell our conventional non-foods and general merchandise lines of business, including certain inventory related to this business. This divestiture will allow us to concentrate on our core business of the distribution of natural, organic, and specialty foods and products.

        To maintain our market leadership and improve our operating efficiencies, we seek to continually:

    expand our marketing and customer service programs across regions;

    expand our national purchasing opportunities;

    offer a broader product selection;

    offer operational excellence with high service levels and a higher percentage of on-time deliveries;

    centralize general and administrative functions to reduce expenses;

    consolidate systems applications among physical locations and regions;

    increase our investment in people, facilities, equipment and technology;

    integrate administrative and accounting functions; and

    reduce the geographic overlap between regions.

        Our continued growth has allowed us to expand our existing facilities and open new facilities to achieve increasing operating efficiencies. We have made significant capital expenditures and incurred considerable expenses in connection with the opening and expansion of our facilities. We have increased our distribution capacity to approximately 7.6 million square feet. Our 597,000 square foot distribution center in Moreno Valley, California commenced operations in September 2008 and serves our customers in Southern California, Arizona, Southern Nevada, Southern Utah, and Hawaii. Our newly leased, 654,000 square foot distribution center in York, Pennsylvania, commenced operations in January 2009, and replaced our New Oxford, Pennsylvania facility serving customers in New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Delaware, Maryland, Ohio, Virginia, and West Virginia. In April 2009, we successfully relocated our former DHI specialty distribution facility in East Brunswick, New Jersey into the York, Pennsylvania distribution center, creating our first fully integrated facility offering a full assortment of natural, organic, and specialty foods. In September 2009, we commenced operations of a new facility in Charlotte, North Carolina serving Albert's customers in North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Tennessee and Virginia. In connection with the acquisition of the SDG assets in June 2010, we

32


Table of Contents


acquired five distribution facilities which provided nationwide presence in Canada with approximately 286,000 square feet of distribution space and the ability to serve all major markets in Canada. In September 2010, we commenced operations at a new facility in Lancaster, Texas, shipping to customers throughout the Southwestern United States, including Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arkansas and Louisiana. Finally, in October 2010 we assumed the operations at the former Whole Foods Market Distribution facility in Aurora, Colorado.

        Our net sales consist primarily of sales of natural, organic and specialty products to retailers, adjusted for customer volume discounts, returns and allowances. Net sales also consist of amounts charged by us to customers for shipping and handling and fuel surcharges. The principal components of our cost of sales include the amounts paid to manufacturers and growers for product sold, plus the cost of transportation necessary to bring the product to our distribution facilities. Cost of sales also includes amounts incurred by us at our manufacturing subsidiary, Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, for inbound transportation costs and depreciation for manufacturing equipment, offset by consideration received from suppliers in connection with the purchase or promotion of the suppliers' products. Our gross margin may not be comparable to other similar companies within our industry that may include all costs related to their distribution network in their costs of sales rather than as operating expenses. We include purchasing and outbound transportation expenses within our operating expenses rather than in our cost of sales. Total operating expenses include salaries and wages, employee benefits (including payments under our Employee Stock Ownership Plan), warehousing and delivery, selling, occupancy, insurance, administrative, share-based compensation, depreciation and amortization expense. Other expenses (income) include interest on our outstanding indebtedness, interest income and miscellaneous income and expenses.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

        The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Securities and Exchange Commission has defined critical accounting policies as those that are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results and require our most difficult, complex or subjective judgments or estimates. Based on this definition, we believe our critical accounting policies are: (i) determining our allowance for doubtful accounts, (ii) determining our reserves for the self-insured portions of our workers' compensation and automobile liabilities and (iii) valuing goodwill and intangible assets. For all financial statement periods presented, there have been no material modifications to the application of these critical accounting policies.

    Allowance for doubtful accounts

        We analyze customer creditworthiness, accounts receivable balances, payment history, payment terms and historical bad debt levels when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. In instances where a reserve has been recorded for a particular customer, future sales to the customer are conducted using either cash-on-delivery terms, or the account is closely monitored so that as agreed upon payments are received, orders are released; a failure to pay results in held or cancelled orders. Our accounts receivable balance was $257.5 million and $217.1 million, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $4.5 million and $6.3 million, as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively. Our notes receivable balances were $5.0 million and $3.3 million, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.3 million and $1.4 million, as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

    Insurance reserves

        It is our policy to record the self-insured portions of our workers' compensation and automobile liabilities based upon actuarial methods of estimating the future cost of claims and related expenses

33


Table of Contents

that have been reported but not settled, and that have been incurred but not yet reported. Any projection of losses concerning workers' compensation and automobile liability is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting litigation trends, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns. If actual claims incurred are greater than those anticipated, our reserves may be insufficient and additional costs could be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. Accruals for workers' compensation and automobile liabilities totaled $17.5 million and $15.9 million as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

    Valuation of goodwill and intangible assets

        We are required to test goodwill for impairment at least annually, and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. We have elected to perform our annual tests for indications of goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Based on future expected cash flows, we test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units are at or one level below the operating segment level. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. Each reporting unit regularly prepares discrete operating forecasts and uses these forecasts as the basis for the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated potential impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess.

        During the first quarter of the 2011 fiscal year, we performed a test for goodwill impairment as a result of the expected change in future cash flows for certain of our branded product lines, and determined that no impairment existed. As of July 30, 2011, our annual assessment of each of our reporting units indicated that no impairment of goodwill existed as the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its carrying value. Approximately 91% of our goodwill is within our wholesale reporting unit. For the wholesale reporting unit, the fair value was more than 50% in excess of its carrying value. The fair value of our remaining reporting units, including Blue Marble Brands, Woodstock Farms Manufacturing and EOM were more than 10% in excess of their carrying values, and are not considered at risk of failing the first step of the goodwill impairment test. We feel that these projected results are achievable, though these assumptions are based upon our current business model and may be negatively affected if we attempt to dispose of any of our brands, stores or facilities or substantially change how we market and sell our products. For all of our assessments, the weighted average cost of capital used in calculating the present value of future cash flows was 14.0%. Total goodwill as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 was $191.9 million and $186.9 million, respectively.

        Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment at least annually and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that the value of the asset may be impaired. Impairment is measured as the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. As of our most recent annual impairment test, the fair value of our indefinite lived

34


Table of Contents


intangible assets was in excess of their carrying value. The fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets related to our branded product lines was more than 100% in excess of its carrying value. The fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets related to our wholesale distribution business was also more than 100% in excess of its carrying value. The projections used in the impairment assessment for the branded product line asset group assume sales growth of approximately 10% per year, with gross margin and operating expenses which on average approximate current levels as a percentage of sales. The projections used in the impairment assessment for intangibles within the Canadian wholesale distribution business asset group assume sales growth of approximately 12% per year, with gross margin and operating expenses which on average approximate current levels as a percentage of sales. Total indefinite lived intangible assets as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 were $28.9 million and $28.8 million, respectively.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be generated by the related assets are estimated over the asset's useful life based on updated projections. If the evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured based on a projected discounted cash flow model. There have been no events or changes in circumstances indicating that the carrying value of our finite-lived intangibles are not recoverable during 2011. Total finite-lived intangible assets as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 were $29.5 million and $21.4 million, respectively.

        The assessment of the recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets will be impacted if estimated future cash flows are not achieved.

Results of Operations

        The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain income and expense items expressed as a percentage of net sales:

 
  Year ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 

Net sales

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of sales

    81.8 %   81.5 %   80.9 %
               
   

Gross profit

    18.2 %   18.5 %   19.1 %
               

Operating expenses

    15.2 %   15.4 %   15.9 %

Restructuring and asset impairment expenses

    0.1 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
               
   

Total operating expenses

    15.3 %   15.4 %   15.9 %
               
   

Operating income

    2.9 %   3.1 %   3.2 %
               

Other expense (income):

                   
 

Interest expense

    0.1 %   0.2 %   0.3 %
 

Interest income

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
 

Other, net

    0.0 %   (0.1 %)   0.0 %
               
 

Total other expense

    0.1 %   0.1 %   0.3 %
               
 

Income before income taxes

    2.8 %   3.0 %   2.9 %

Provision for income taxes

    1.1 %   1.2 %   1.2 %
               
   

Net income

    1.7 %   1.8 %   1.7 %
               

35


Table of Contents

Fiscal year ended July 30, 2011 compared to fiscal year ended July 31, 2010

    Net Sales

        Our net sales for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011 increased approximately 20.6%, or $772.9 million, to a record $4.5 billion for the year ended July 30, 2011 from $3.8 billion for the year ended July 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to growth in our wholesale segment of $774.3 million, which includes the growth resulting from our entrance into the Canadian market in June 2010 and the expansion of our primary distribution agreement with Whole Foods Market in October 2010. Our organic growth is due to the continued growth of the natural products industry in general, increased market share as a result of our focus on service and value added services, and the breadth of our product selection. In addition, we believe that the integration of our specialty business has allowed us to attract customers that we would not have been able to attract without that business as many customers seek a single source for their natural, organic and specialty products. Our net sales for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011 were also favorably impacted by moderate price inflation.

        In addition to net sales growth attributable to our organic growth, we also benefited from the inclusion of $200.7 million in sales from UNFI Canada, which includes the SDG assets acquired during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, and approximately $131.6 million in incremental sales to Whole Foods Market due to the acquisition of Whole Foods Market's Southwest and Rocky Mountain distribution business in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 and our expanded distribution agreement in October 2010.

        Our net sales by customer type for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 were as follows (in millions):

Customer Type
  2011
Net Sales
  % of Total
Net Sales
  2010
Net Sales
  % of Total
Net Sales
 

Independently owned natural products retailers

  $ 1,693     37 % $ 1,506     40 %

Supernatural chains

  $ 1,627     36 % $ 1,317     35 %

Conventional supermarkets

  $ 991     22 % $ 771     21 %

Other

  $ 219     5 % $ 163     4 %
                   

Total

  $ 4,530     100 % $ 3,757     100 %

        Net sales to our independent retailer channel increased by approximately $187 million, or 12.4% during the year ended July 30, 2011 compared to the year ended July 31, 2010. While net sales in this channel have increased, they have grown at a slower rate than net sales in our supernatural and conventional supermarket channels, and therefore represent a lower percentage of our total net sales compared to the prior year.

        Whole Foods Market is our only supernatural chain customer, and net sales to Whole Foods Market for the year ended July 30, 2011 increased by approximately $310 million or 23.6% over the prior year and accounted for approximately 36% and 35% of our total net sales for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively. The increase in sales to Whole Foods Market is primarily due to the increases in same-store sales, as well as the expanded primary distribution agreement noted above.

        Net sales to conventional supermarkets for the year ended July 30, 2011 increased by approximately $220 million, or 28.5% from fiscal 2010 and represented approximately 22% of total net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to 21% in fiscal 2010. The increase in net sales to conventional supermarkets is primarily due to several large new customers won during the year based on our consolidated market strategy of natural, organic and specialty from one supplier, as well as $92.5 million of net sales to conventional supermarkets by UNFI Canada. With the addition of the Safeway business that we anticipate we will begin servicing in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we expect

36


Table of Contents


that our sales to conventional supermarkets in fiscal 2012 will be a larger percentage of our total net sales than in fiscal 2011.

        Other net sales, which include sales to foodservice and sales from the United States to countries other than Canada, increased by approximately $56 million or 34.3% during the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011 over the prior fiscal year and accounted for approximately 5% of total net sales in fiscal 2011 compared to 4% of total net sales for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010.

        The decrease in sales percentage to the independent channel is the result of the higher growth rate in our supernatural chain as a result of an increase in Whole Foods Market business, and in our conventional supermarkets.

        Beginning in the second half of fiscal 2010, we began to see steady improvement in our net sales and a reduction in the volatility of net sales, as compared to what we experienced throughout our 2009 fiscal year. As we continue to aggressively pursue new customers and as economic conditions continue to stabilize, we expect net sales for fiscal 2012 to further grow over fiscal 2011 in both our organic line and our specialty line. We believe that this projected sales growth will come from both sales to new customers and an increase in the number of products that we sell to existing customers. We also believe that food price inflation will contribute to our projected net sales growth in fiscal 2012. We expect that most of this sales growth will occur in our lower gross margin supernatural and conventional supermarket channels. Although sales to these customers typically generate lower gross margins than sales to customers within our independent retailer channel, they also typically carry a lower average cost to serve than sales to our independent customers. We believe that the integration of our specialty business into our national platform has allowed us to attract customers that we would not have been able to attract without that business and will continue to allow us to pursue a broader array of customers as many customers seek a single source for their natural, organic and specialty products.

    Gross Profit

        Our gross profit increased approximately 18.3%, or $127.9 million, to $824.8 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, from $696.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010. Our gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 18.2% for the year ended July 30, 2011 and 18.5% for the year ended July 31, 2010. The change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales is primarily due to the change in the mix of net sales by channel that began during the second fiscal quarter of 2010 and start up costs related to inventory issues and incremental freight and service costs incurred during the first half of fiscal 2011 in connection with the initial period of operations of our new Lancaster, Texas distribution facility, partially offset by higher fuel surcharge revenue during the year ended July 30, 2011.

        Our gross profits are generally higher on net sales to independently owned retailers and lower on net sales in the conventional supermarket and the supernatural channels. For the year ended July 30, 2011 approximately $530 million of our total net sales growth was from increased net sales in the conventional supermarket and supernatural channels, while net sales growth from the independent and other channels was approximately $243 million. As a result, approximately 58% of our total net sales in fiscal 2011 were to the conventional supermarket and supernatural channels compared to approximately 56% in fiscal 2010. This change in sales mix from 2010 to 2011 resulted in lower gross profits as a percentage of sales during fiscal 2011. We anticipate net sales growth in the conventional supermarket and supernatural channels will continue to outpace growth in the independent and other channels.

        We expect that our expansion with Whole Foods Market, both as a result of organic growth and as a result of becoming their primary distributor in their Rocky Mountain and Southwest regions, and our opportunities in the conventional supermarket channel will continue to generate lower gross profit percentages than our historical rates, particularly during the time period when we are on-boarding the new business and incurring costs of hiring and training additional associates and increasing inventory levels before the new customer has reached expected purchasing levels. We will seek to fully offset

37


Table of Contents


these reductions in gross profit percentages by reducing our operating expenses as a percentage of net sales primarily through improved efficiencies in our supply chain and improvements to our information technology infrastructure.

    Operating Expenses

        Our total operating expenses increased approximately 19.4%, or $113.1 million, to $695.1 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, from $582.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2010. The increase in total operating expenses for the year ended July 30, 2011 was primarily due to higher sales volume including sales through our UNFI Canada subsidiary, $4.4 million of labor and other expenses associated with the September 2010 opening of our Lancaster, Texas facility and incremental start up inefficiencies which continued through January 2011, $0.6 million for severance payments for former executives and $6.3 million in restructuring and asset impairment charges associated with our ongoing divestiture of our conventional non-foods and general merchandise lines of business.

        Unallocated corporate expenses have increased $2.0 million during the year ended July 30, 2011 compared to the year ended July 31, 2010, primarily due to the continued development of a national platform across many functional areas including warehouse management, inbound logistics and category management.

        Total operating expenses for fiscal 2011 include share-based compensation expense of $9.2 million, compared to $8.1 million in fiscal 2010. Share-based compensation expense for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 includes approximately $0.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in expense related to the vesting of performance share-based awards granted to our Chief Executive Officer related to certain financial goals for those various periods ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010. See Note 3 "Equity Plans" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased to approximately 15.3% for the year ended July 30, 2011, from approximately 15.5% for the year ended July 31, 2010. The decrease in total operating expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to the growth in the supernatural and conventional supermarket channels which in general have lower operating expenses, as well as expense control programs across all of our divisions. We were able to manage our fuel costs despite rising prices by locking in the price of a portion of our expected fuel usage, updating and revising existing routes to reduce miles traveled, reducing idle times and other similar measures. Our expansion into Lancaster, Texas, where our new leased facility began servicing customers in late September 2010, has helped to further reduce our fuel costs as a percentage of net sales as we are able to reduce the number of miles traveled to serve our customers in Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arkansas and Louisiana who were previously primarily served from our facility in Denver, Colorado. These improvements in our operating expenses were offset in part by higher health insurance costs, higher workers' compensation costs and the above described higher incentive compensation costs. We expect that we will be able to continue to reduce our operating expenses as we continue the roll out of our supply chain initiatives including a national warehouse management and procurement system which was launched in the new Lancaster, Texas facility and is expected to be rolled out in all of our distribution centers by the end of 2013.

    Operating Income

        Operating income increased approximately 12.9%, or $14.8 million, to $129.7 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, from $114.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010. As a percentage of net sales, operating income was 2.9% for the year ended July 30, 2011 compared to 3.1% for the year ended July 31, 2010. The decrease in operating income is primarily attributable to the increase in total

38


Table of Contents

operating expenses during fiscal 2011, including the $6.3 million recognized for restructuring and asset impairment expenses, compared to fiscal 2010.

    Other Expense (Income)

        Other expense (income) increased $0.3 million to $3.2 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, from $2.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010. Interest expense for the year ended July 30, 2011 decreased to $5.0 million from $5.8 million in the year ended July 31, 2010. The decrease in interest expense was due primarily to lower average debt levels during the year as we used a portion of the $138.3 million in proceeds from our secondary public offering completed in October 2010 to pay down our debt balances which had increased significantly in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 as we financed our purchase of the SDG assets from SunOpta with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In connection with the expected purchase of the SDG assets, we entered into a forward contract to swap United States dollars for Canadian dollars. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we recognized a gain of $2.8 million, which was recorded in other income, upon settlement of the contract. Interest income for the year ended July 30, 2011 increased to $1.2 million from $0.2 million in the year ended July 31, 2010, primarily as a result of higher average cash balances during the year.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        Our effective income tax rate was 39.4% and 39.0% for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively. The increase in the effective income tax rate for the year ended July 30, 2011 is primarily due to increases in effective state tax rates. Our effective income tax rate in both fiscal years was also affected by share-based compensation for incentive stock options and the timing of disqualifying dispositions of certain share-based compensation awards. Certain incentive stock option expenses are not deductible for tax purposes unless a disqualifying disposition occurs. A disqualifying disposition occurs when the option holder sells shares within one year of exercising an incentive stock option and within two years of original grant. We receive a tax benefit in the period that the disqualifying disposition occurs. Our effective income tax rate will continue to be effected by the tax impact related to incentive stock options and the timing of tax benefits related to disqualifying dispositions. In fiscal 2012, we expect our effective tax rate to be in the range of 39.0% to 40.0%.

    Net Income

        Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net income increased $8.4 million to $76.7 million, or $1.60 per diluted share, for the year ended July 30, 2011, compared to $68.3 million, or $1.57 per diluted share on a lower share base, for the year ended July 31, 2010.

Fiscal year ended July 31, 2010 compared to fiscal year ended August 1, 2009

    Net Sales

        Our net sales for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010 increased approximately 8.7%, or $302.2 million, to $3.8 billion for the year ended July 31, 2010 from $3.5 billion for the year ended August 1, 2009. This increase was primarily due to organic growth (sales growth excluding the impact of acquisitions) in our wholesale distribution division of $283.3 million. Our organic growth is due to the continued growth of the natural products industry in general, increased market share as a result of our focus on service and value added services, and the opening of new, and expansion of existing, distribution centers, which allow us to carry a broader selection of products. In addition to net sales growth attributable to our organic growth, we also benefited from the inclusion of $22.1 million in sales from our acquisition of UNFI Canada during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. Our improvement in net sales also reflected year over year improvement in sales of our specialty products, which had been negatively affected by the difficult economic environment present throughout our 2009 fiscal year.

39


Table of Contents

        Our net sales by customer type for the years ended July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009 were as follows (in millions):

Customer Type
  2010
Net Sales
  % of Total
Net Sales
  2009
Net Sales
  % of Total
Net Sales
 

Independently owned natural products retailers

  $ 1,506     40 % $ 1,445     42 %

Supernatural chains

  $ 1,317     35 % $ 1,143     33 %

Conventional supermarkets

  $ 771     21 % $ 691     20 %

Other

  $ 163     4 % $ 176     5 %
                   

Total

  $ 3,757     100 % $ 3,455     100 %

        Net sales to Whole Foods Market for the year ended July 31, 2010 increased by approximately $174 million or 15.2% and accounted for approximately 35% and 33% of our total net sales for the years ended July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively. Whole Foods Market is our only supernatural chain customer following its acquisition of Wild Oats Markets in August 2007. The increase in sales to Whole Foods Market was primarily due to increases in same-store sales.

        Net sales to conventional supermarkets for the year ended July 31, 2010 increased by approximately $80 million, or 11.7% from fiscal 2009 and represented approximately 21% of total net sales in fiscal 2010 compared to 20% in fiscal 2009. The increase in net sales to conventional supermarkets was primarily due to several large new customers won during the year based on our consolidated market strategy of natural, organic and specialty from one supplier, as well as $10.2 million of net sales to conventional supermarkets by UNFI Canada.

        Net sales to our independent retailer channel increased by $61 million, or 4.2% during the year ended July 31, 2010 compared to the year ended August 1, 2009. While net sales in this channel has increased, they have grown at a slower rate than net sales in our supernatural and conventional supermarket channels, and therefore represent a lower percentage of our total net sales.

        Other net sales, which include sales to foodservice and countries other than Canada, decreased by approximately $13 million or 7.4% during the year ended July 31, 2010 and accounted for approximately 4% of total net sales compared to 5% of total net sales for the year ended August 1, 2009.

        The decrease in sales percentage to the independent channel was the result of the higher growth rate in our supernatural stores; as a result of an increase in Whole Foods Market business, and in our conventional supermarkets.

    Gross Profit

        Our gross profit increased approximately 5.5%, or $36.4 million, to $696.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010, from $660.5 million for the year ended August 1, 2009. Our gross profit as a percentage of net sales was 18.5% for the year ended July 31, 2010 and 19.1% for the year ended August 1, 2009. The change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the change in the mix of net sales by channel during 2010 compared to 2009. In addition, gross profit as a percentage of net sales during the year ended August 1, 2009 was positively impacted by fuel surcharge revenues and sales of our branded product lines.

        Our gross profits are generally higher on net sales to independently owned retailers and lower on net sales in the conventional supermarket and the supernatural channels. For the year ended July 31, 2010 approximately $255 million of our total net sales growth was from increased net sales in the conventional supermarket and supernatural channels, while net sales growth from the independent and other channels was approximately $47 million. As a result, approximately 56% of our total net sales in

40


Table of Contents


fiscal 2010 were to the conventional supermarket and supernatural channels compared to approximately 53% in fiscal 2009. This change in sales mix from 2009 to 2010 resulted in lower gross profits as a percentage of sales during 2010.

    Operating Expenses

        Our total operating expenses increased approximately 5.7%, or $31.4 million, to $582.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2010, from $550.6 million for the year ended August 1, 2009. The increase in total operating expenses for the year ended July 31, 2010 was primarily due to higher sales volume along with ramp-up costs for on-boarding of certain new customers. Our operating expenses in fiscal 2010 also include approximately $5.2 million in operating expenses for UNFI Canada since the date of acquisition as well as approximately $1.0 in transaction expenses directly related to the acquisition of the SDG assets from SunOpta. In addition, operating expenses for the year ended July 31, 2010 include severance charges of $0.7 million related to the departure of two former senior officers, expenses of $1.3 million related to the closing of an underperforming retail location, an adjustment of $0.8 million to workers' compensation expense related to a prior year's acquisition, higher share-based compensation expenses, increases to health insurance expense and $1.8 million in labor and other start-up expenses related to our new distribution facility in Lancaster, Texas which became fully operational in fiscal 2011. These increases were partially offset by on-going cost control measures and lower bad debt expenses in the current year of $1.1 million compared to $4.8 million for the prior year.

        Unallocated corporate expenses increased $15.4 million during the year ended July 31, 2010 compared to the year ended August 1, 2009, primarily due to the continued development of a national platform across many functional areas including warehouse management.

        Total operating expenses for fiscal 2010 include share-based compensation expense of $8.1 million, compared to $5.5 million in fiscal 2009. Share-based compensation expense for the year ended July 31, 2010 includes approximately $1.0 million in expense related to the vesting of a performance share-based award granted to our Chief Executive Officer in November of 2008 related to certain financial goals for the period ended July 31, 2010. See Note 3 "Equity Plans" to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses decreased to approximately 15.4% for the year ended July 31, 2010, from approximately 15.9% for the year ended August 1, 2009. The decrease in total operating expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily attributable to the growth in the supernatural and conventional supermarket channels which in general have lower operating expenses, as well as expense control programs across all of our divisions. We were able to manage our fuel costs despite rising prices by locking in the price of a portion of our expected fuel usage, updating and revising existing routes to reduce miles traveled, reducing idle times and other similar measures. During the year ended August 1, 2009, we incurred $7.2 million in labor, lease termination, and start-up expenses related to our then new distribution facilities in Moreno Valley, California and York, Pennsylvania and the closing of our East Brunswick, New Jersey facility.

    Operating Income

        Operating income increased approximately 4.5%, or $5.0 million, to $114.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010, from $109.9 million for the year ended August 1, 2009. As a percentage of net sales, operating income was 3.1% for the year ended July 31, 2010 compared to 3.2% for the year ended August 1, 2009. The increase in operating income was attributable to the decrease in total operating expenses as a percentage of net sales during 2010 compared to 2009, offset by the decrease in gross profit as a percentage of net sales over the same period.

41


Table of Contents

    Other Expense (Income)

        Other expense (income) decreased $6.8 million to $2.9 million for the year ended July 31, 2010, from $9.7 million for the year ended August 1, 2009. Interest expense for the year ended July 31, 2010 decreased to $5.8 million from $9.9 million in the year ended August 1, 2009. The decrease in interest expense was due primarily to lower average debt levels during the year as we managed our inventory balances, as well as the decrease in interest rates in 2010 compared to 2009. While average debt levels were lower in fiscal 2010 when compared to fiscal 2009, our debt level increased significantly in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 as we financed our purchase of the SDG assets from SunOpta with borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In connection with the expected purchase of the SDG assets, we entered into a forward contract to swap United States dollars for Canadian dollars. During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, we recognized a gain of $2.8 million, which was recorded in other income, upon settlement of the contract. Interest income for the year ended July 31, 2010 decreased to $0.2 million from $0.5 million in the year ended August 1, 2009.

    Provision for Income Taxes

        Our effective income tax rate was 39.0% and 40.9% for the years ended July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively. The decrease in the effective income tax rate for the year ended July 31, 2010 from the prior year was primarily due to tax credits associated with the installation of hydrogen powered lift trucks in our Sarasota, Florida facility. The increase in the effective income tax rate for the year ended August 1, 2009 was primarily due to increases in state taxes. Our effective income tax rate in both fiscal years was also affected by share-based compensation for incentive stock options and the timing of disqualifying dispositions of certain share-based compensation awards. Certain incentive stock option expenses are not deductible for tax purposes unless a disqualifying disposition occurs. A disqualifying disposition occurs when the option holder sells shares within one year of exercising an incentive stock option and within two years of original grant. We receive a tax benefit in the period that the disqualifying disposition occurs.

    Net Income

        Reflecting the factors described in more detail above, net income increased $9.1 million to $68.3 million, or $1.57 per diluted share, for the year ended July 31, 2010, compared to $59.2 million, or $1.38 per diluted share, for the year ended August 1, 2009.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        In October 2010, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock. As a result, 4,427,500 shares of common stock, including shares issued to cover the underwriters' overallotment option, were issued at a price of $33.00 per share. The net proceeds of approximately $138.3 million were used to repay a portion of our outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

        We finance our day to day operations and growth primarily with cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit facility, operating leases, trade payables and bank indebtedness. In addition, from time to time, we may issue equity and debt securities to finance our operations and acquisitions. We believe that our cash on hand and available credit through our current revolving credit facility as discussed below is sufficient for our operations and planned capital expenditures over the next twelve months. We expect to generate an average of $75 million to $110 million in cash flow from operations per year for the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years. We intend to continue to utilize this cash generated from operations to pay down our debt levels, and fund working capital and capital expenditure needs. We intend to manage capital expenditures to no more than approximately 1% of net sales for the 2012 and 2013 fiscal years. We plan to assess our existing revolving credit facility and our financing needs once the facility draws closer to its November 2012 maturity date.

42


Table of Contents

        We are a party to a $400 million revolving credit facility, which also provides a one-time option, subject to approval by the lenders under the revolving credit facility, to increase the borrowing base by up to an additional $50 million. Interest accrues on borrowings under the revolving credit facility, at our option, at either the base rate (the applicable prime lending rate of Bank of America Business Capital, as announced from time to time) or at one-month LIBOR plus 0.75%. The credit facility matures on November 27, 2012. The revolving credit facility supports our working capital requirements in the ordinary course of business and provides capital to grow our business organically or through acquisitions. Our borrowing base is determined as the lesser of (1) $400 million or (2) the fixed percentages of our previous fiscal month-end eligible accounts receivable and inventory levels. As of July 30, 2011, our borrowing base, which was calculated based on our eligible accounts receivable and inventory levels, was $400.0 million. As of July 30, 2011, we had $115.0 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility, $21.7 in letter of credit commitments and $1.3 million in reserves which reduces our available borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis. Our resulting remaining availability was $262.0 million as of July 30, 2011.

        We are a party to a term loan agreement in the principal amount of $75 million secured by certain real property. The term loan is repayable over seven years based on a fifteen-year amortization schedule, maturing on July 28, 2012. Interest on the term loan accrues at one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%. As of July 30, 2011, $47.1 million was outstanding under the term loan agreement.

        The revolving credit facility and our term loan agreement, as amended, each require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the applicable agreement) of 1.5 to 1.0 and 1.45 to 1.0, respectively, each calculated at the end of each of our fiscal quarters on a rolling four quarter basis. We were in compliance with the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Covenants as of the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011.

        We are a party to an interest rate swap agreement entered into in July 2005, which expires in July 2012 concurrent with the maturity of our term loan. This interest rate swap agreement has an initial notional amount of $50 million and provides for us to pay interest at a fixed rate of 4.70% while receiving interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same notional principal amount. The interest rate swap agreement has an amortizing notional amount which adjusts down on the dates payments are due on the underlying term loan. The swap has been entered into as a hedge against LIBOR movements on current variable rate indebtedness totaling $51.8 million at one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, thereby fixing our effective rate on the notional amount at 5.70%. One-month LIBOR was 0.19% as of July 30, 2011. The swap agreement qualifies as an "effective" hedge under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 815, Derivatives and Hedging .

        Our capital expenditures for the 2011 fiscal year were $40.8 million, compared to $55.1 million for fiscal 2010. We believe that our capital requirements for fiscal 2012 will be between $47 and $51 million. We expect to finance these requirements with cash generated from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Our planned capital projects will provide both additional warehouse space and technology that we believe will provide us with increased efficiency and the capacity to continue to support the growth of our customer base. We believe that our future capital requirements after fiscal 2012 will be marginally lower than our anticipated fiscal 2012 requirements, as a percentage of net sales, although we plan to continue to invest in technology and expand our facilities. Future investments and acquisitions will be financed through either equity or long-term debt negotiated at the time of the potential acquisition.

        Net cash provided by operations was $49.8 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, a decrease of $16.3 million from the $66.1 million provided by operations for the year ended July 31, 2010. The primary reasons for the decrease in cash flows from operations for the year ended July 30, 2011 were an increase in inventories of $66.3 million and an increase in accounts receivable of $39.8 million due to our sales growth during the year, and in the case of accounts receivable, in part due to the longer

43


Table of Contents


credit terms typically granted to conventional supermarket and Canadian customers. Net cash provided by operations of $108.3 million for the year ended August 1, 2009 was primarily the result of an increase in net income and a decrease in inventories. Days in inventory was 51 days at July 30, 2011, compared to 50 days at July 31, 2010. Days sales outstanding increased to 22 days at July 30, 2011, compared to 20 days at July 31, 2010. Working capital increased by $186.9 million, or 96.2%, to $381.1 million at July 30, 2011, compared to working capital of $194.2 million at July 31, 2010, primarily as a result of the secondary equity offering completed in October 2010, a portion of which was utilized to repay borrowings on our revolving credit facility.

        Net cash used in investing activities decreased $56.0 million to $62.7 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, compared to $118.7 million for the year ended July 31, 2010. The decrease from the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010 was primarily due to the purchase of the SDG assets from SunOpta during the year ended July 31, 2010, as well as capital expenditures related to our then newly leased Lancaster, Texas facility including the supply chain initiatives related to warehouse management software which went live with that facility. Net cash used in investing activities was $36.8 million for the year ended August 1, 2009.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $16.3 million for the year ended July 30, 2011, primarily due to net proceeds from our secondary equity offering of $138.3 million, partially offset by repayments on borrowings on notes payable of $127.6 million. Net cash provided by financing activities was $56.0 million for the year ended July 31, 2010, primarily due to borrowings on notes payable of $42.6 million. Net cash used in financing activities was $86.6 million for the year ended August 1, 2009, primarily due to repayments on borrowings under notes payable.

        On December 1, 2004, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50 million of common stock from time to time in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. As part of the stock repurchase program, we purchased 228,800 shares of our common stock for our treasury during the year ended July 29, 2006 at an aggregate cost of approximately $6.1 million. All shares were purchased at prevailing market prices. No such purchases were made subsequent to the 2006 fiscal year, and the authorization to repurchase has expired. The Company, in an effort to reduce the treasury share balance, decided in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 to issue treasury shares to satisfy certain share requirements related to exercises of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units and awards under its equity incentive plans. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, the Company reissued 201,814 shares from treasury related to stock option exercises and the vesting of restricted stock units and awards. During the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011, no shares were reissued from treasury.

        We may from time to time enter into commodity swap agreements to reduce price risk associated with our anticipated purchases of diesel fuel. These commodity swap agreements hedge a portion of our expected fuel usage for the periods set forth in the agreements. We monitor the commodity (NYMEX #2 Heating oil) used in our swap agreements to determine that the correlation between the commodity and diesel fuel is deemed to be "highly effective." During the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, we had no outstanding commodity swap agreements.

        In addition to the previously discussed interest rate and commodity swap agreements, from time-to-time we enter into fixed price fuel supply agreements. As of July 30, 2011, we had not entered into any agreements requiring us to purchase diesel fuel. As of July 31, 2010, we had entered into agreements which required us to purchase a total of 200,000-242,000 gallons of diesel fuel per month at prices ranging from $2.20 to $2.84 per gallon through July 2011. These fixed price fuel agreements qualified for the "normal purchase" exception under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging as physical deliveries will occur rather than net settlements, therefore the fuel purchases under these contracts will be expensed as incurred and included within operating expenses.

44


Table of Contents

Commitments and Contingencies

        The following schedule summarizes our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of July 30, 2011:

 
  Payments Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
One Year
  1–3
Years
  3–5
Years
  Thereafter  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Inventory purchase commitments

  $ 99,362   $ 99,362              

Notes payable

    115,000       $ 115,000          

Long-term debt

    48,433     47,447     721   $ 265      

Deferred compensation

    12,805     1,247     2,476     2,439   $ 6,643  

Long-term non-capitalized leases

    272,850     43,246     76,740     64,062     88,802  
                       

Total

  $ 548,450   $ 191,302   $ 194,937   $ 66,766   $ 95,445  
                       

        The notes payable, long-term debt and non-capitalized lease obligations shown above exclude interest payments due. The notes payable obligations shown reflect the expiration of the credit facility, not necessarily the underlying individual borrowings. In addition, cash to be paid for income taxes is excluded from the table above.

        We had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $21.7 million at July 30, 2011.

        Real property owned by us that is mortgaged to secure borrowings under our term loan amounted to approximately $84.3 million at July 30, 2011.

Seasonality

        Generally, we do not experience any material seasonality. However, our sales and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to factors such as changes in our operating expenses, management's ability to execute our operating and growth strategies, personnel changes, demand for natural products, supply shortages and general economic conditions.

Recently Issued Financial Accounting Standards

        In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment ("ASU 2011-8"). ASU 2011-8 modifies the impairment test for goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles so that it is no longer required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the company believes, based on qualitative factors, it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's or indefinite lived intangible asset's fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2011-8 is effective for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2011, with early adoption allowed. We intend to adopt ASU 2011-8 effective July 31, 2011, which we do not expect to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

        We are exposed to interest rate fluctuations on our borrowings. As more fully described in Note 8 "Fair Value Measurements" to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we use interest rate swap agreements to modify variable rate obligations to fixed rate obligations.

        At July 30, 2011, we were a party to one interest rate swap agreement, which relates to our $75 million term loan agreement and which we entered into during August 2005 (the "2005 swap"). We account for the 2005 swap using hedge accounting treatment because the derivative has been

45


Table of Contents


determined to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The 2005 swap requires us to pay interest for a seven-year period at a fixed rate of 4.70% on an initial amortizing notional principal amount of $50 million, while receiving interest for the same period at one-month LIBOR on the same amortizing notional principal amount. The 2005 swap has been entered into as a hedge against LIBOR movements on current variable rate indebtedness totaling $47.1 million at LIBOR plus 1.00%, thereby fixing our effective rate on the notional amount at 5.70%. Under this method of accounting, at July 30, 2011, we had recorded a liability of $1.3 million representing the fair value of the swap. We do not enter into derivative agreements for trading purposes.

        At July 30, 2011, we had long-term floating rate debt of $47.1 million and long-term fixed rate debt of $1.3 million, representing approximately 97% and 3%, respectively, of our long-term debt. At July 31, 2010, we had long-term floating rate debt of $51.8 million and long-term fixed rate debt of $1.6 million, representing 97% and 3%, respectively, of our long-term debt. Holding other swap terms and debt levels constant, a 25 basis point decrease in interest rates would change the unrealized fair market value of the fixed rate debt by approximately $6,000 and $9,000 at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

46


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The financial statements listed below are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

47


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
United Natural Foods, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended July 30, 2011. We also have audited United Natural Foods, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). United Natural Foods, Inc.'s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

48


Table of Contents

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended July 30, 2011, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, United Natural Foods, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

GRAPHIC

Providence, Rhode Island
September 28, 2011

49


Table of Contents


UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,867   $ 13,802  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $4,545 and $6,253, respectively

    257,482     217,097  

Notes receivable, trade, net of allowance of $72 and $135, respectively

    2,826     3,111  

Inventories

    514,506     439,702  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    30,788     21,793  

Deferred income taxes

    22,023     20,560  
           

Total current assets

    844,492     716,065  

Property & equipment, net

    285,151     279,255  

Goodwill

    191,943     186,925  

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $8,143 and $5,710, respectively

    58,336     50,201  

Notes receivable, trade, net of allowance of $1,237 and $1,304, respectively

    2,148     235  

Other long-term assets

    18,918     18,118  
           

Total assets

  $ 1,400,988   $ 1,250,799  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             

Notes payable

  $ 115,000   $ 242,570  

Accounts payable

    217,074     205,202  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    83,900     69,070  

Current portion of long-term debt

    47,447     5,033  
           

Total current liabilities

    463,421     521,875  

Long-term debt, excluding current portion

    986     48,433  

Deferred income taxes

    38,551     20,598  

Other long-term liabilities

    28,363     29,446  
           

Total liabilities

    531,321     620,352  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5,000 shares; none issued or outstanding

         

Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 100,000 shares; 48,520 issued and 48,493 outstanding shares at July 30, 2011; 43,558 issued and 43,531 outstanding shares at July 31, 2010

    485     435  

Additional paid-in capital

    345,036     188,727  

Treasury stock

    (708 )   (708 )

Unallocated shares of Employee Stock Ownership Plan

    (542 )   (713 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    4,862     (1,155 )

Retained earnings

    520,534     443,861  
           

Total stockholders' equity

    869,667     630,447  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,400,988   $ 1,250,799  
           

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

50


Table of Contents


UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(In thousands, except per share data)

 
  Fiscal year ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 

Net sales

  $ 4,530,015   $ 3,757,139   $ 3,454,900  

Cost of sales

    3,705,205     3,060,208     2,794,419  
               
   

Gross profit

    824,810     696,931     660,481  
               

Operating expenses

   
688,859
   
582,029
   
550,560
 

Restructuring and asset impairment expenses

    6,270          
               
   

Total operating expenses

    695,129     582,029     550,560  
               
   

Operating income

   
129,681
   
114,902
   
109,921
 
               

Other expense (income):

                   
 

Interest expense

    5,000     5,845     9,914  
 

Interest income

    (1,226 )   (247 )   (450 )
 

Other, net

    (528 )   (2,698 )   275  
               
   

Total other expense

    3,246     2,900     9,739  
               

Income before income taxes

   
126,435
   
112,002
   
100,182
 
 

Provision for income taxes

    49,762     43,681     40,998  
               

Net income

  $ 76,673   $ 68,321   $ 59,184  
               

Basic per share data:

                   

Net income

  $ 1.62   $ 1.58   $ 1.38  
               

Weighted average basic shares of common stock

    47,459     43,184     42,849  
               

Diluted per share data:

                   

Net income

  $ 1.60   $ 1.57   $ 1.38  
               

Weighted average diluted shares of common stock

    47,815     43,425     42,993  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51


Table of Contents

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
  Common Stock   Treasury Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid in
Capital
  Unallocated
Shares of
ESOP
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 
(In thousands)
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balances at August 2, 2008

    43,100     431     229     (6,092 )   169,238     (1,040 )   (753 )   318,266     480,050  
                                       

Allocation of shares to ESOP

                                  163                 163  

Issuance of common stock and restricted stock, net

    137     1                 1,038                       1,039  

Share-based compensation

                            5,504                       5,504  

Tax expense associated with stock plans

                            (598 )                     (598 )

Fair value of swap agreements, net of tax

                                        (870 )         (870 )

Net income

                                              59,184     59,184  
                                                   

Total comprehensive income

                                                    58,314  
                                       

Balances at August 1, 2009

    43,237     432     229     (6,092 )   175,182     (877 )   (1,623 )   377,450     544,472  
                                       

Allocation of shares to ESOP

                                  164                 164  

Issuance of common stock and restricted stock, net

    321     3     (202 )   5,384     3,666                 (1,910 )   7,143  

Share-based compensation

                            8,057                       8,057  

Tax benefit associated with stock plans

                            1,822                       1,822  

Fair value of swap agreement, net of tax

                                        128           128  

Foreign currency translation

                                        340           340  

Net income

                                              68,321     68,321  
                                                   

Total comprehensive income

                                                    68,789  
                                       

Balances at July 31, 2010

    43,558   $ 435     27   $ (708 ) $ 188,727   $ (713 ) $ (1,155 ) $ 443,861   $ 630,447  
                                       

Allocation of shares to ESOP

                                  171                 171  

Issuance of common stock pursuant to secondary offering, net of direct offering costs

    4,428     44                 138,257                       138,301  

Stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings, net

    534     6                 7,348                       7,354  

Share-based compensation

                            9,159                       9,159  

Tax benefit associated with stock plans

                            1,545                       1,545  

Fair value of swap agreements, net of tax

                                        732           732  

Foreign currency translation

                                        5,285           5,285  

Net income

                                              76,673     76,673  
                                                   

Total comprehensive income

                                                    82,690  
                                       

Balances at July 30, 2011

    48,520   $ 485     27   $ (708 ) $ 345,036   $ (542 ) $ 4,862   $ 520,534   $ 869,667  
                                       

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52


Table of Contents


UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Years Ended  
(In thousands)
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

                   

Net income

  $ 76,673   $ 68,321   $ 59,184  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activites:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

    35,296     27,483     27,029  
 

Deferred income tax expense

    15,520     5,061     239  
 

Share-based compensation

    9,159     8,057     5,504  
 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

    (1,545 )   (1,822 )   (234 )
 

(Gain) loss on disposals of property and equipment

    (42 )   229     262  
 

Impairment on long-term assets

    5,790          
 

Impairment on indefinite lived intangibles

    200          
 

Unrealized loss (gain) on foreign exchange

    318     (61 )    
 

Realized gain on hedge related to Canadian acquisition

        (2,814 )    
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    635     1,149     4,759  

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquired companies:

                   
 

Accounts receivable

    (39,791 )   (21,599 )   (3,950 )
 

Inventories

    (66,283 )   (55,803 )   30,398  
 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (10,820 )   (4,444 )   (2,729 )
 

Notes receivable, trade

    (1,463 )   1,160     (652 )
 

Accounts payable

    9,583     32,491     (13,836 )
 

Accrued expenses

    16,614     8,724     2,349  
               

Net cash provided by operating activities

    49,844     66,132     108,323  
               

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

                   
 

Capital expenditures

    (40,778 )   (55,109 )   (32,353 )
 

Purchases of acquired businesses, net of cash acquired

    (22,061 )   (66,556 )   (4,495 )
 

Cash proceeds from hedge related to Canadian acquisition

        2,814      
 

Proceeds from disposals of property and equipment

    96     180     98  
               
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (62,743 )   (118,671 )   (36,750 )
               

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

                   
 

Net proceeds from common stock issuance

    138,301          
 

Net (repayments) borrowings under notes payable

    (127,570 )   42,570     (88,050 )
 

Repayments of long-term debt

    (5,033 )   (5,412 )   (4,634 )
 

Increase in bank overdraft

    1,739     9,982     8,494  
 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    10,162     8,481     1,573  
 

Payment of employee restricted stock tax withholdings

    (2,808 )   (1,338 )   (535 )
 

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

    1,545     1,822     234  
 

Payments on life insurance policy loans

            (3,072 )
 

Capitalized debt issuance costs

        (68 )   (647 )
               
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    16,336     56,037     (86,637 )
               
 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (372 )   35      
               

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    3,065     3,533     (15,064 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    13,802     10,269     25,333  
               

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 16,867   $ 13,802   $ 10,269  
               

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

                   
 

Cash paid during the period for:

                   
 

Interest, net of amounts capitalized

  $ 4,752   $ 4,465   $ 9,094  
               
 

Federal and state income taxes, net of refunds

  $ 42,018   $ 35,538   $ 43,978  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

53


Table of Contents


UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1)   SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    (a)
    Nature of Business

        United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") is a leading distributor and retailer of natural, organic and specialty products. The Company sells its products primarily throughout the United States and Canada.

    (b)
    Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year's presentation.

        The fiscal year of the Company ends on the Saturday closest to July 31. Fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009 ended on July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010, and August 1, 2009, respectively. Each of these fiscal years contained 52 weeks, and each of the Company's interim quarters consisted of 13 weeks.

        Net sales consists primarily of sales of natural, organic and specialty products to retailers, adjusted for customer volume discounts, returns and allowances. Net sales also includes amounts charged by the Company to customers for shipping and handling, and fuel surcharges. The principal components of cost of sales include the amount paid to manufacturers and growers for product sold, plus the cost of transportation necessary to bring the product to the Company's distribution facilities. Cost of sales also includes amounts incurred by the Company's manufacturing subsidiary, United Natural Trading Co., which does business as Woodstock Farms Manufacturing, for inbound transportation costs and depreciation for manufacturing equipment offset by consideration received from suppliers in connection with the purchase or promotion of the suppliers' products. Operating expenses include salaries and wages, employee benefits (including payments under the Company's Employee Stock Ownership Plan), warehousing and delivery, selling, occupancy, insurance, administrative, share-based compensation and amortization expense. Operating expenses also include depreciation expense related to the wholesale and retail divisions. Other expense (income) includes interest on outstanding indebtedness, interest income and miscellaneous income and expenses. In fiscal 2010, other expense (income) includes the gain recorded by the Company upon settlement of a forward contract entered into by the Company to swap United States dollars for Canadian dollars.

    (c)
    Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less.

    (d)
    Inventories and Cost of Sales

        Inventories consist primarily of finished goods and are stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost being determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Allowances received from suppliers are recorded as reductions in cost of sales upon the sale of the related products.

    (e)
    Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the lower of the present value of minimum lease payments at the inception of the lease or the fair value of the asset. Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment is computed on a straight-line basis, over the estimated useful lives of the assets or, when applicable, the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Applicable interest charges incurred during

54


Table of Contents


the construction of new facilities are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and amortized over the assets' estimated useful lives. There was no interest capitalized during the year ended July 30, 2011. Interest capitalized for the years ended July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009 was less than $0.1 million and approximately $0.3 million, respectively.

        Property and equipment consisted of the following at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010:

 
  Original
Estimated
Useful Lives
(Years)
  2011   2010  
 
  (In thousands, except years)
 

Land

        $ 13,241   $ 14,944  

Buildings and improvements

    20-40     158,790     166,235  

Leasehold improvements

    5-20     77,605     58,740  

Warehouse equipment

    3-30     88,643     88,720  

Office equipment

    3-10     58,643     49,305  

Computer software

    3-7     40,986     18,104  

Motor vehicles

    3-7     4,182     4,602  

Construction in progress

          15,428     36,415  
                 

          457,518     437,065  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

          172,367     157,810  
                 
 

Net property and equipment

        $ 285,151   $ 279,255  
                 

        Depreciation expense amounted to $31.1 million, $25.0 million and $24.1 million for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively.

    (f)
    Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company includes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense.

    (g)
    Long-Lived Assets

        Management reviews long-lived assets, including finite-lived intangible assets, for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Cash flows expected to be generated by the related assets are estimated over the assets' useful lives based on updated projections. If the evaluation indicates that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable, the potential impairment is measured based on a projected discounted cash flow model.

55


Table of Contents

    (h)
    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over the following lives:

Customer relationships

  7-10 years

Non-compete agreements

  1-10 years

Trademarks and tradenames

  26 years

        Goodwill is assigned to the reporting units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the business combination. We are required to test goodwill for impairment at least annually, and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. During the first quarter of the 2011 fiscal year, we performed a test for goodwill impairment as a result of the expected change in future cash flows for certain of our branded product lines, and determined that no impairment existed. We have elected to perform our annual tests for indications of goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. Based on future expected cash flows, we test for goodwill impairment at the reporting unit level. Our reporting units are at or one level below the operating segment level. Approximately 91% of our goodwill is within our wholesale reporting unit. The goodwill impairment analysis is a two-step test. The first step, used to identify potential impairment, involves comparing each reporting unit's estimated fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill. Each reporting unit regularly prepares discrete operating forecasts and uses these forecasts as the basis for the assumptions used in the discounted cash flow analysis. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the carrying value exceeds estimated fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and the second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. If required, the second step involves calculating an implied fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit for which the first step indicated potential impairment. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to the amount of goodwill calculated in a business combination, by measuring the excess of the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, as determined in the first step, over the aggregate estimated fair values of the individual assets, liabilities and identifiable intangibles as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded for the excess. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment at least annually and between annual tests if events occur or circumstances change that would indicate that the value of the asset may be impaired. Impairment is measured as the difference between the fair value of the asset and its carrying value. As of July 30, 2011, the Company's annual assessment of goodwill for each of its reporting units and indefinite lived intangible assets indicated that no impairment existed.

56


Table of Contents

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and the amount allocated by reportable segment for the years presented are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Wholesale   Other   Total  

Goodwill as of August 1, 2009

  $ 146,970   $ 17,363   $ 164,333  

Goodwill adjustment for DHI restructuring activities, net of tax of $633

    (987 )       (987 )

Goodwill adjustment for final opening balance sheet adjustments for 2009 acquisitions

        (32 )   (32 )

Goodwill arising from business combinations

    23,485         23,485  

Change in foreign exchange rates

    126           126  
               

Goodwill as of July 31, 2010

  $ 169,594   $ 17,331   $ 186,925  

Goodwill adjustment for DHI restructuring activities, net of tax of $179

    (726 )         (726 )

Goodwill adjustment for final opening balance sheet adjustments for 2010 business combinations

    1,210           1,210  

Goodwill arising from 2011 business combinations

    2,743         2,743  

Change in foreign exchange rates

    1,791           1,791  
               

Goodwill as of July 30, 2011

  $ 174,612   $ 17,331   $ 191,943  
               

        The following table presents the detail of the Company's other intangible assets (in thousands):

 
  July 30, 2011   July 31, 2010  
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Amortizing intangible assets:

                                     

Customer relationships

  $ 34,510   $ 6,976   $ 27,534   $ 23,079   $ 3,829   $ 19,250  

Non-compete agreements

                1,751     1,674     77  

Trademarks and tradenames

    2,233     287     1,946     2,233     207     2,026  
                           

Total amortizing intangible assets

    37,623     8,143     29,480     27,063     5,710     21,353  

Indefinite lived intangible assets:

                                     

Trademarks and tradenames

    28,856         28,856     28,848         28,848  
                           

Total

  $ 66,479   $ 8,143   $ 58,336   $ 55,911   $ 5,710   $ 50,201  
                           

        Amortization expense was $3.5 million, $1.9 million and $2.4 million for the years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense for the next five fiscal years on finite lived intangible assets existing as of July 30, 2011 is shown below:

Fiscal Year:
  (In thousands)  

2012

  $ 3,060  

2013

    3,117  

2014

    3,060  

2015

    3,060  

2016

    3,060  
       

  $ 15,357  
       

57


Table of Contents

    (i)
    Revenue Recognition and Concentration of Credit Risk

        The Company records revenue upon delivery of products. Revenues are recorded net of applicable sales discounts and estimated sales returns. Sales incentives provided to customers are accounted for as reductions in revenue as the related revenue is recorded. The Company's sales are primarily to customers located throughout the United States and Canada.

        Whole Foods Market, Inc. ("Whole Foods Market") was the Company's largest customer in each fiscal year presented. Whole Foods Market accounted for approximately 36%, 35%, and 33% of our net sales for the years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009. There were no other customers that individually generated 10% or more of the Company's net sales.

        The Company analyzes customer creditworthiness, accounts receivable balances, payment history, payment terms and historical bad debt levels when evaluating the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts. In instances where a reserve has been recorded for a particular customer, future sales to the customer are conducted using either cash-on-delivery terms, or the account is closely monitored so that as agreed upon payments are received, orders are released; a failure to pay results in held or cancelled orders.

    (j)
    Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and certain accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

        The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. The fair value of notes payable and long-term debt are based on the instruments' interest rate, terms, maturity date and collateral, if any, in comparison to the Company's incremental borrowing rate for similar financial instruments. However, considerable judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange.

 
  July 30, 2011   July 31, 2010  
 
  Carrying Value   Fair Value   Carrying Value   Fair Value  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,867   $ 16,867   $ 13,802   $ 13,802  

Accounts receivable

    257,482     257,482     217,097     217,097  

Notes receivable

    2,826     2,826     3,346     3,346  

Liabilities:

                         

Accounts payable

    217,074     217,074     205,202     205,202  

Notes payable

    115,000     115,000     242,570     242,570  

Long term debt, including current portion

    48,433     48,424     53,466     53,456  

Swap agreements:

                         
 

Interest rate swap

    (1,259 )   (1,259 )   (2,493 )   (2,493 )
    (k)
    Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported therein. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be based on amounts that differ from those estimates.

58


Table of Contents

    (l)
    Notes Receivable, Trade

        The Company issues trade notes receivable to certain customers under two basic circumstances; inventory purchases for initial store openings and overdue accounts receivable. Notes issued in connection with store openings are generally receivable over a period not to exceed twelve months. Notes issued in connection with overdue accounts receivable may extend for periods greater than one year. All notes are issued at a market interest rate and contain certain guarantees and collateral assignments in favor of the Company.

    (m)
    Share-Based Compensation

        The Company adopted ASC 718, Stock Compensation ("ASC 718") effective August 1, 2005. ASC 718 requires the recognition of the fair value of share-based compensation in net income. The Company has three share-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 3. Share-based compensation consists of stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units. Stock options are granted to employees and directors at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the Company's stock at the dates of grant. Generally, stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units granted to employees vest ratably over four years from the grant date and grants to our Board of Directors vest ratably over two years with one third vesting immediately. The performance units granted to the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer upon hire during fiscal 2009 vested following the end of fiscal 2010, and those performance shares and performance units granted during March 2011 vested following the end of fiscal 2011, both in accordance with the terms of the related Performance Share and Performance Unit agreements. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the individual grants, which generally equals the vesting period.

        ASC 718 also requires that compensation expense be recognized for only the portion of share-based awards that are expected to vest. Therefore, we apply estimated forfeiture rates that are derived from historical employee and director termination activity to reduce the amount of compensation expense recognized. If the actual forfeitures differ from the estimate, additional adjustments to compensation expense may be required in future periods.

        The Company receives an income tax deduction for grants of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units when they vest and for stock options exercised by employees equal to the excess of the market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the option price. Excess tax benefits (tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of compensation cost recognized) are presented as a cash flow provided by financing activities with a corresponding cash flow used in operating activities in the accompanying consolidated statement of cash flows.

    (n)
    Earnings Per Share

        Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adding the dilutive potential common shares to the weighted average number of common shares that were outstanding during the period. For purposes of the diluted earnings per share calculation, outstanding stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units are considered common stock equivalents, using the treasury stock method. A reconciliation of the weighted average number of

59


Table of Contents

shares outstanding used in the computation of the basic and diluted earnings per share for all periods presented follows:

 
  Fiscal years ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

    47,459     43,184     42,849  

Net effect of dilutive common stock equivalents based upon the treasury stock method

    356     241     144  
               

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

    47,815     43,425     42,993  
               

Potential anti-dilutive share-based payment awards excluded from the computation above

    99     791     1,436  
               
    (o)
    Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        Comprehensive income (loss) is reported in accordance with ASC 200, Comprehensive Income , and includes net income and the change in other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of the net change in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, as well as foreign currency translation related to the translation of UNFI Canada from the functional currency of Canadian dollars to our U.S. dollar reporting currency. For all periods presented, we display comprehensive income (loss) and its components as part of the consolidated statements of stockholders' equity.

    (p)
    Derivative Financial Instruments

        The Company is exposed to market risks arising from changes in interest rates, fuel costs, and with the creation and operation of UNFI Canada, exchange rates. The Company generally uses derivatives principally in the management of interest rate and fuel price exposure. However, during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, the Company entered into a forward contract to exchange United States dollars for Canadian dollars in anticipation of the Canadian dollars needed to fund the acquisition of the Canadian food distribution assets of SunOpta, Inc. The Company does not utilize derivatives that contain leverage features. For derivative transactions accounted for as hedges, on the date the Company enters into the derivative transaction, the exposure is identified. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge transaction. In this documentation, the Company specifically identifies the asset, liability, firm commitment, forecasted transaction, or net investment that has been designated as the hedged item and states how the hedging instrument is expected to reduce the risks related to the hedged item. The Company measures effectiveness of its hedging relationships both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis as needed.

    (q)
    Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

        The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in net sales. Shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight are generally recorded in cost of sales, whereas shipping and handling costs for selecting, quality assurance, and outbound transportation are recorded in operating expenses. Outbound shipping and handling costs, which exclude employee benefit expenses which are not allocated, totaled $266.7 million, $222.0 million and $217.0 million for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively.

    (r)
    Reserves for Self Insurance

        The Company is primarily self-insured for workers' compensation, and general and automobile liability insurance. It is the Company's policy to record the self-insured portion of workers'

60


Table of Contents

compensation and automobile liabilities based upon actuarial methods to estimate the future cost of claims and related expenses that have been reported but not settled, and that have been incurred but not yet reported. Any projection of losses concerning workers' compensation and automobile liability is subject to a considerable degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting litigation trends, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.

    (s)
    Operating Lease Expenses

        The Company records lease expense via the straight-line method. For leases with step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase over the life of the lease, and for leases where the Company receives rent-free periods, the Company recognizes expense based on a straight-line basis based on the total minimum lease payments to be made over the expected lease term.

    (t)
    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment ("ASU 2011-8"). ASU 2011-8 modifies the impairment test for goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles so that it is no longer required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the Company believes, based on qualitative factors, it is more likely than not that the reporting unit's or indefinite lived intangible asset's fair value is less than the carrying value. ASU 2011-8 is effective for fiscal years that begin after December 15, 2011, with early adoption allowed. The Company intends to adopt ASU 2011-8 effective July 31, 2011, which is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

(2)   ACQUISITIONS

    Wholesale Segment

        Whole Foods Distribution.     During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed its acquisition of the Rocky Mountain and Southwest distribution business of Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc. ("Whole Foods Distribution"), a wholly owned subsidiary of Whole Foods Market, Inc. ("Whole Foods Market"), whereby the Company (i) acquired inventory at Whole Foods Distribution's Aurora, Colorado and Austin, Texas distribution facilities; (ii) acquired substantially all of Whole Foods Distribution's assets, other than the inventory, at the Aurora, Colorado distribution facility; (iii) assumed Whole Foods Distribution's obligations under the existing lease agreement related to the Aurora, Colorado distribution facility; and (iv) hired substantially all of Whole Foods Distribution's employees working at the Aurora, Colorado distribution facility. Net sales resulting from the transaction totaled approximately $131.6 million for the year ended July 30, 2011. The Company does not record the expenses for this business separately from the rest of its broadline distribution business, and therefore it is impracticable for the Company to provide complete financial results for this business.

        The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the acquisition and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 
  (In thousands)  

Inventory

  $ 6,911  

Property & equipment

    1,500  

Customer relationships and other intangible assets

    10,757  

Goodwill

    2,743  
       

Total assets

  $ 21,911  

Liabilities

     
       

Cash consideration paid

  $ 21,911  
       

61


Table of Contents

        SunOpta Distribution Group.     On June 11, 2010, the Company acquired the Canadian food distribution assets of the SunOpta Distribution Group business ("SDG") of SunOpta, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, UNFI Canada, Inc. ("UNFI Canada"). Total cash consideration paid in connection with the acquisition was $65.8 million. This acquisition was financed through borrowings under the Company's existing revolving credit facility.

        The following table summarizes the consideration paid for the acquisition and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed recognized at the acquisition date:

 
  (In thousands)  

Total current assets

  $ 35,106  

Property & equipment

    7,512  

Customer relationships and other intangible assets

    13,059  

Goodwill

    23,485  
       

Total assets

  $ 79,162  

Liabilities

    13,385  
       

Cash consideration paid

  $ 65,777  
       

        The translation of the consideration paid and the asset allocations above from the functional currency of Canadian dollars to US dollars were performed utilizing the June 11, 2010 spot rate of $0.9673. The fair value assigned to identifiable intangible assets acquired was determined primarily by using an income approach. Identifiable intangible assets include customer relationships of $12.3 million and the Aux Milles tradename of approximately $0.8 million. The customer relationships intangible asset is being amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of 11.1 years, while the tradename is considered indefinite lived. Significant assumptions utilized in the income approach were based on company specific information and projections, which are not observable in the market and are therefore considered Level 3 measurements as defined by authoritative guidance. With this acquisition, the Company became the largest distributor of natural, organic and specialty foods, including kosher foods, in Canada and has an immediate platform for further growth in the Canadian market. The goodwill of $23.5 million represents the future economic benefits expected to arise that could not be individually identified and separately recognized, including expansion of the Company's sales into the Canadian market and expanded vendor relationships. Of the total amount of goodwill recorded, approximately $17.7 million is deductible for tax purposes.

        Acquisition costs related to the establishment of UNFI Canada and the subsequent purchase of SDG were approximately $1.0 million during fiscal 2010, and were expensed as incurred and are included within "Operating Expenses" in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Net sales from the acquisition totaled $200.7 million for the year ended July 30, 2011. Total assets of UNFI Canada were approximately $93.8 million as of July 30, 2011.

        On November 2, 2007, the Company acquired Distribution Holdings, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Millbrook Distribution Services, Inc. ("DHI"), a distributor of specialty food items (including ethnic, kosher, gourmet, organic and natural foods), health and beauty care items and other non-food items from dedicated distribution centers located in Massachusetts and Arkansas, as well as certain of our broadline distribution centers, to customers throughout the United States and Canada. With its recent achievement of new business in the conventional supermarket channel, the Company believes that the acquisition of DHI accomplished certain strategic objectives, including accelerating the expansion into a number of historically high-growth business channels and establishing immediate market share in the fast-growing specialty foods market. The Company also believes that the acquisition of DHI provides valuable strategic opportunities enabling the Company to further leverage its existing and future relationships in the supermarket business channel and that DHI's complementary product lines present opportunities for cross-selling which will further grow the Company's wholesale distribution business. These factors contributed to the purchase price that resulted in goodwill, as

62


Table of Contents


further noted below. Of the total amount of goodwill recorded, approximately $9.3 million is deductible for tax purposes.

        Total cash consideration paid in connection with the acquisition of DHI was $85.5 million, comprised of $84.0 million of purchase price and $1.5 million of related transaction fees incurred, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the merger agreement. Prior to the acquisition and during the three months ended October 27, 2007, the Company entered into a note receivable from DHI in the amount of $5.0 million, which was assumed by the Company as part of the purchase price. This acquisition was financed through borrowings under the Company's existing revolving credit facility, which was amended in November 2007 to increase the Company's maximum borrowing base thereunder. See Note 6 for a description of these amendments.

        During the year ended August 1, 2009, the Company completed the final purchase price allocation for its acquisition of DHI with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm's independent appraisal of the fair value of certain assets acquired. As a result of the final purchase price allocation, during the year ended August 1, 2009, goodwill decreased by approximately $7.2 million, primarily due to an adjustment of $5.6 million to the valuation of certain intangibles, as well as adjustments to certain deferred tax assets and liabilities. The following table presents the final allocation of fair values of assets and liabilities recorded in connection with the DHI acquisition, including adjustments recorded in fiscal 2010 and 2011 discussed below:

 
  (In thousands)  

Total current assets

  $ 42,727  

Property & equipment

    12,516  

Customer relationships and other intangible assets

    11,610  

Goodwill

    81,224  

Other assets

    2,394  
       

    150,471  

Liabilities

    64,953  
       

Cash consideration paid

  $ 85,518  
       

        The Company has undertaken certain restructuring activities at DHI. These activities, which include reductions in staffing and the planned elimination of a facility, were accounted for in accordance with ASC 420, Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations . The cost of these actions was charged to the cost of the acquisition and a corresponding liability of $7.6 million was included in other long-term liabilities for the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009. This liability was reduced in fiscal 2010 by $1.7 million ($1.0 million net of tax) due to adjustments in the timeline of the planned restructuring activities. This liability was further reduced in fiscal 2011 by $1.8 million ($1.0 million net of tax) due to further adjustments in the timeline of the planned restructuring activities and a payment of $0.6 million.

    Other Segment

        During the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011, the Company recorded an increase of $0.1 million to its intangible assets in recognition of ongoing contingent consideration payments in the form of royalties ranging between 2-4% of net sales (as defined in the applicable purchase agreement) related to two of its branded product company acquisitions. A third branded product company acquisition requires ongoing contingent consideration payments in the form of earn-outs over a period of five years from the acquisition date of November 2008. These earn-outs are based on tiers of net sales for the trailing twelve months, and no such amounts were earned or paid during the year ended July 30, 2011.

        During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, the Company made certain adjustments to the opening balance sheets recorded for the three branded product companies purchased during the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009, which the company includes in the "other" category. See Note 15 "Business

63


Table of Contents


Segments" for a description of the Company's reportable segment and the "other" category. Intangibles assets increased by approximately $0.6 million, primarily due to those final adjustments of certain current assets and accrued expenses as well as ongoing contingent consideration in the form of royalty payments.

        During the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets and liabilities of three branded product companies, which the Company includes in the "other" category. The total cash consideration paid for these product lines was approximately $4.5 million. Approximately $0.9 million in goodwill was recorded in connection with the acquisitions. The cash paid was financed by borrowings under the Company's existing revolving credit facility.

(3)   EQUITY PLANS

        The Company recognized share-based compensation expense of $9.2 million for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011, compared to share-based compensation expense of $8.1 million and $4.7 million for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively. Share-based compensation expense for performance-based share awards was $0.7 million and $1.0 million for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

        As of July 30, 2011, there was $14.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding share-based compensation arrangements (including stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units). This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.6 years.

        For stock options, the fair value of each grant was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Black-Scholes utilizes assumptions related to volatility, the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield and expected life. Expected volatilities utilized in the model are based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock price. The risk-free interest rate is derived from the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The model incorporates exercise and post-vesting forfeiture assumptions based on an analysis of historical data. The expected term is derived from historical information and other factors. The fair value of restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, and performance share units are determined based on the number of shares or units, as applicable, granted and the quoted price of the Company's common stock as of the grant date.

        The following summary presents the weighted average assumptions used for stock options granted in fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009:

 
  Year ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 

Expected volatility

    44.7 %   45.2 %   39.0 %

Dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Risk free interest rate

    0.9 %   1.4 %   2.1 %

Expected term (in years)

    3.0     3.0     3.0  

        As of July 30, 2011, the Company had three equity incentive plans that provided for the issuance of stock options: the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2002 Plan"), the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "1996 Plan") and effective with an amendment approved by the Company's stockholders during the 2010 Annual Meeting, the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan")(collectively, the "Plans"). The Plans provide for grants of stock options to employees, officers, directors and others. Stock options granted are intended to either qualify as incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code or be "non-statutory stock options." Beginning with the Company's fiscal 2010 grants, non-qualified stock options are being granted in place of incentive stock options to decrease the variability in income taxes due to the timing of tax benefits from disqualifying dispositions. Vesting requirements for awards under the Plans are at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, or Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. Typically options granted to

64


Table of Contents


employees vest ratably over four years, while options granted to non-employee directors vest one third immediately with the remainder vesting ratably over two years. The maximum term of all incentive stock options granted under the Plans and non-statutory stock options granted under the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, is ten years. The maximum term for non-statutory stock options granted under the 1996 Stock Option Plan was at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, and all grants to date have had a term of ten years. There have been no stock option grants under the 2004 Plan. There were 7,800,000 shares authorized for grant under the 1996 Plan and 2002 Plan. There were 1,054,267 shares authorized for grant under the 2004 Plan as of December 16, 2010, the effective date when the 2004 Plan was amended to allow for the award of stock options. These shares may be used to issue stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or performance based awards. As of July 30, 2011, 80,848 shares were available for grant under the 2002 Plan and the authorization for new grants under the 1996 Plan has expired. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, the Company issued shares from treasury in addition to issuing new shares to satisfy stock option exercises and restricted stock vestings.

        The following summary presents the weighted-average remaining contractual term of options outstanding at July 30, 2011 by range of exercise prices.

Exercise Price Range
  Number of
Options
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Number of
Shares
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$10.00 - $18.00

    7,250   $ 13.26     3.0     6,250   $ 13.31  

$18.01 - $24.00

    29,750   $ 18.87     2.4     29,250   $ 18.79  

$24.01 - $30.00

    401,416   $ 25.48     6.9     207,873   $ 26.03  

$30.01 - $43.00

    225,632   $ 35.33     7.2     123,292   $ 36.21  
                             

    664,048   $ 28.40     6.8     366,665   $ 28.66  
                             

        The following summary presents information regarding outstanding stock options as of July 30, 2011 and changes during the fiscal year then ended with regard to options under the Plans:

 
  Number
of Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    961,307   $ 27.67            

Granted

    104,864   $ 34.31            

Exercised

    (363,326 ) $ 27.97            

Forfeited

    (19,922 ) $ 26.36            

Cancelled

    (18,875 ) $ 34.51            
                       

Outstanding at end of year

    664,048   $ 28.40   6.8 years   $ 8,865,988  
                   

Exercisable at end of year

    366,665   $ 28.66   5.6 years   $ 4,799,203  
                   

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010, and August 1, 2009 was $10.64, $7.73 and $7.05, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010, and August 1, 2009, was $3.9 million, $4.6 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

        The 2004 Plan was amended during fiscal 2009 to provide for the issuance of up to 2,500,000 equity-based compensation awards, and during fiscal 2011 was further amended to provide for the issuance of stock options in addition to restricted shares and units, performance shares and units, bonus shares and stock appreciation rights. Vesting requirements for the awards under the 2004 Plan are at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors, or the Compensation Committee thereof, and are typically four equal annual installments for employees and three equal annual installments with one

65


Table of Contents


third vesting immediately for non-employee directors. The performance units granted to the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer upon hire during fiscal 2009 vested as of July 31, 2010, and those granted during March 2011 vested as of July 30, 2011, both in accordance with the terms of the related Performance Unit and Performance Share agreements. At July 30, 2011, 1,023,847 shares were available for grant under the 2004 Plan.

        The following summary presents information regarding restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units under the 2004 Plan as of July 30, 2011 and changes during the fiscal year then ended:

 
  Number
of Shares
  Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at July 31, 2010

    614,115   $ 25.51  

Granted

    363,302   $ 34.29  

Vested

    (218,177 ) $ 26.34  

Forfeited

    (57,097 ) $ 28.30  
           

Outstanding at July 30, 2011

    702,143   $ 29.57  
           

        The total intrinsic value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units vested was $9.1 million, $6.2 million and $2.4 million during the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively. The total intrinsic value of performance share awards and performance units vested was $0.7 million and $1.0 million during the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively. No performance share awards or performance units vested during the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009.

        During the year ended July 30, 2011, a total of 25,000 performance shares and 12,500 performance units were granted to the Company's President and CEO, the vesting of which was contingent on the attainment of specific levels of earnings before interest and taxes and return on invested capital. The per share grant-date fair value of these grants was $42.03. Effective July 30, 2011, 18,924 of the performance shares vested with a corresponding intrinsic value and fair value of $0.8 million. The remainder of the performance shares were forfeited, and no shares were issued for the performance units.

        During the year ended July 31, 2010, 175 units, in addition to the 50,000 units granted during fiscal 2009, were granted to the Company's President and CEO in connection with the related Performance Unit Agreement awarded on November 5, 2008. The grant-date fair value of these grants was $19.99. Effective July 31, 2010, 50,175 units vested, with a corresponding intrinsic value and fair value of $1.0 million and $1.7 million respectively.

(4)   ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE

        The allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable consists of the following:

 
  Fiscal year
ended
July 30, 2011
  Fiscal year
ended
July 31, 2010
  Fiscal year
ended
August 1, 2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 7,692   $ 8,876   $ 7,088  

Additions charged to costs and expenses

    635     1,149     4,759  

Deductions

    (2,473 )   (3,399 )   (2,971 )

Charged to Other Accounts(a)

    0     1,066      
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 5,854   $ 7,692   $ 8,876  
               

(a)
Relates to acquisitions.

66


Table of Contents

        The Company analyzes the details of specific transactions, overall customer creditworthiness, current accounts receivable aging, payment history, and any available industry information when determining whether to charge off an account. In instances where a balance has been charged off, future sales to the customer are conducted using either cash-on-delivery terms, or the account is closely monitored so that as agreed-upon payments are received, orders are released; a failure to pay results in held or cancelled orders.

(5)   RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITIES

        During the year ended July 30, 2011, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with L&R Distributors, Inc. ("L&R Distributors"), a leading national distributor of non-food products and general merchandise, to divest the Company's conventional non-foods and general merchandise lines of business. This strategic transaction will allow the Company to concentrate on its core business of the distribution of natural, organic, and specialty foods and products. The Company entered the conventional non-foods and general merchandise businesses, which includes cosmetics, seasonal products, conventional health & beauty products and hard goods, as part of its acquisition of DHI in November 2007. In connection with this agreement, following the closing of the sale of its non-foods and general merchandise lines of business to L&R Distributors, the Company will cease operations at its Harrison, Arkansas facility. This facility and the related assets will be considered held-for-sale once the sale to L&R Distributors is consummated, which, subject to the satisfaction of customary closing conditions, is expected to occur in the Company's first quarter of fiscal 2012. All specialty food products from the Harrison, Arkansas facility will be transferred into the Company's other distribution centers across the United States.

        As a result of this transaction and the impending closure of the Harrison, Arkansas facility, the Company recognized a non-cash impairment charge on long-lived assets including land, building and equipment of $5.8 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. In addition, the Company incurred $0.5 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 for other non-recurring charges to transition the specialty food line of business into the Company's other facilities.

(6)   NOTES PAYABLE

        The Company has a revolving credit facility with a maximum borrowing base of $400 million, with a one-time option, subject to approval by the lenders under the credit facility, to increase the borrowing base by up to an additional $50 million. Interest accrues on borrowings under this facility, at the Company's option, at either the base rate (the applicable prime lending rate of Bank of America Business Capital, as announced from time to time) (3.25% at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010) or at the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.75%. The revolving credit facility matures on November 27, 2012. The weighted average interest rate on the amended credit facility was 0.94% as of July 30, 2011. An annual commitment fee in the amount of 0.125% is payable monthly based on the average daily unused portion of the amended credit facility. The Company's borrowing base is determined as the lesser of (1) $400 million or (2) the fixed percentages of our previous fiscal month-end eligible accounts receivable and inventory levels. As of July 30, 2011, the Company's borrowing base, which was calculated based on the Company's eligible accounts receivable and inventory levels, was $400.0 million. As of July 30, 2011, the Company had $115.0 million outstanding under the credit facility, $21.7 million in letter of credit commitments and $1.3 million in reserves which generally reduces the Company's available borrowing capacity under the existing revolving credit facility on a dollar for dollar basis. The Company's resulting remaining availability was $262.0 million as of July 30, 2011.

        The revolving credit facility, as amended, requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the agreement) of 1.5 to 1.0 calculated at the end of each of the Company's fiscal quarters on a rolling four quarter basis. The Company was in compliance with all

67


Table of Contents


restrictive covenants at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010. The credit facility also provides for the bank to syndicate the credit facility to other banks and lending institutions. The Company has pledged the majority of its U.S.-generated accounts receivable and inventory for its obligations under the amended credit facility.

(7)   LONG-TERM DEBT

        The Company has a term loan agreement with a financial institution which matures in July 2012. Interest accrues at 30 day LIBOR plus 1.0%. The Company has pledged certain real property as collateral for its obligations under the term loan agreement.

        As of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, the Company's long-term debt consisted of the following:

 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Term loan payable to bank, secured by real estate, due monthly, and maturing in July 2012, at an interest rate of 30 day LIBOR plus 1.00% (1.19% at July 30, 2011 and 1.31% at July 31, 2010)

  $ 47,111   $ 51,822  

Real estate and equipment term loans payable to bank, secured by building and other assets, due monthly and maturing in June 2015, at an interest rate of 8.60%

    771     930  

Term loan for employee stock ownership plan, secured by common stock of the Company, due monthly and maturing in May 2015, at an interest rate of 1.33%

    551     713  
           

  $ 48,433   $ 53,466  
 

Less: current installments

    47,447     5,033  
           
 

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

  $ 986   $ 48,433  
           

        Certain of the Company's long-term debt agreements contain restrictive covenants. The term loan agreement, as amended, requires the Company to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio (as defined in the agreement) of 1.45 to 1.0, calculated at the end of each of the Company's fiscal quarters on a rolling four quarter basis. The Company was in compliance with all of its restrictive covenants at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010.

        Aggregate maturities of long-term debt for the next five years and thereafter are as follows at July 30, 2011:

Year
  (In thousands)  

2012

  $ 47,447  

2013

    352  

2014

    369  

2015

    265  

2016

    0  

2017 and thereafter

    0  
       

  $ 48,433  
       

(8)   FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        As of August 2, 2009, the Company had fully adopted ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820"), for financial assets and liabilities and for non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value on at least an annual basis. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value

68


Table of Contents


measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. ASC 820 establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

    Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable through correlation with market data. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and inputs to valuation models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment because the inputs used in the model, such as interest rates and volatility, can be corroborated by readily observable market data.

    Level 3 Inputs—One or more significant inputs that are unobservable and supported by little or no market activity, and that reflect the use of significant management judgment. Level 3 assets and liabilities include those whose fair value measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar valuation techniques, and significant management judgment or estimation.

    Interest Rate Swap Agreement

        On August 1, 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement effective July 29, 2005. The agreement provides for the Company to pay interest for a seven-year period at a fixed rate of 4.70% on an initial amortizing notional principal amount of $50.0 million while receiving interest for the same period at the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") on the same notional principal amount. The swap has been entered into as a hedge against LIBOR movements on current variable rate indebtedness at one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, thereby fixing its effective rate on the notional amount at 5.70%. The swap agreement qualifies as an "effective" hedge under FASB ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging ("ASC 815"). LIBOR was 0.19% and 0.31% as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

        Interest rate swap agreements are entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. The Company's interest rate swap agreement is designated as a cash flow hedge at July 30, 2011 and is reflected at fair value in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as a component of other long-term liabilities. The related gains or losses on this contract are generally deferred in stockholders' equity as a component of other comprehensive income. However, to the extent that the swap agreement is not considered to be effective in offsetting the change in the value of the item being hedged, any change in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of the swap agreement is immediately recognized in income. For the periods presented, the Company did not have any ineffectiveness requiring current income recognition.

    Fuel Supply Agreements

        From time to time the Company is a party to fixed price fuel supply agreements. During the year ended July 30, 2011, the Company did not enter into any agreements to purchase a portion of its diesel fuel each month at fixed prices. During the year ended July 31, 2010, the Company entered into several agreements which required it to purchase a portion of its diesel fuel each month at fixed prices through July 2011. These fixed price fuel agreements also qualified for the "normal purchase" exception under ASC 815, therefore the fuel purchases under these contracts were expensed as incurred and included within operating expenses.

69


Table of Contents

    Exchange Rate Forward Contract

        In anticipation of the Canadian dollars needed to fund the acquisition of the SDG assets of SunOpta, the Company entered into a forward contract to exchange United States dollars for Canadian dollars. Upon settlement of the contract in June 2010, the Company recorded a gain of $2.8 million in "other expense (income)" within the fiscal 2010 Consolidated Statement of Income.

        The following tables provide the fair values hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis:

 
  Fair Value at July 30, 2011  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Description

                   

Liabilities

                   
 

Interest Rate Swap

      $ 1,259      
               
   

Total

      $ 1,259      

 

 
  Fair Value at July 31, 2010  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Description

                   

Liabilities

                   
 

Interest Rate Swap

      $ 2,493      
               
   

Total

      $ 2,493      

        The Company's determination of the fair value of its interest rate swap is calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis based on the terms of the swap contract and the observable interest rate curve. The Company does not enter into derivative agreements for trading purposes.

        The following table provides the fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis:

 
  Fair Value at July 30, 2011  
 
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Losses
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Description

                         

Assets

                         
 

Property and Equipment, net

      $ 285,151       $ 5,790  
 

Intangible Assets, net

          $ 58,336     200  
                   
   

Total

      $ 285,151   $ 58,336   $ 5,990  

        In accordance with the provisions of the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets Subsections of FASB ASC 360-10, long-lived assets held and used with a carrying amount of $290.9 million were written down to their fair value of $285.2 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $5.8 million included in earnings for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011.

        In accordance with the provisions of the Intangibles—Goodwill and Other Subsections of FASB ASC 350-30, indefinite lived intangible assets with a carrying amount of $58.5 million were written down to their fair value of $58.3 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $0.2 million included in earnings for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011.

70


Table of Contents

(9)   TREASURY STOCK

        On December 1, 2004, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $50 million of common stock through February 2008 in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. As part of the stock repurchase program, the Company purchased 228,800 shares of its common stock for its treasury during the year ended July 29, 2006 at an aggregate cost of approximately $6.1 million. All shares were purchased at prevailing market prices. There were no other purchases made during the authorization period.

        The Company, in an effort to reduce the treasury share balance, decided in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 to issue treasury shares to satisfy certain share requirements related to exercises of stock options and vesting of restricted stock units and awards under its equity incentive plans. During the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, the Company issued 201,814 treasury shares related to stock option exercises and the vesting of restricted stock units and awards. No shares were reissued from treasury during the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011.

(10) SECONDARY COMMON STOCK OFFERING

        During the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company completed a secondary common stock offering. This offering resulted in an issuance of 4,427,500 shares of common stock, including shares issued to cover the underwriters' overallotment option, at a price of $33.00 per share. The net proceeds of approximately $138.3 million were used to repay a portion of the Company's outstanding borrowings under its revolving credit facility, which had increased during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 as the Company financed its purchase of the SDG assets with borrowings under its revolving credit facility. The Company also utilized a portion of the additional borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facility resulting from the common stock offering to fund its acquisition of the Rocky Mountain and Southwest distribution businesses of Whole Foods Distribution.

(11) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        The Company leases various facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements with varying terms. Most of the leases contain renewal options and purchase options at several specific dates throughout the terms of the leases.

        Rent and other lease expense for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009 totaled approximately $48.4 million, $45.2 million and $37.7 million, respectively.

        Future minimum annual fixed payments required under non-cancelable operating leases having an original term of more than one year as of July 30, 2011 are as follows:

Fiscal Year:
  (In thousands)  

2012

  $ 43,246  

2013

    40,375  

2014

    36,365  

2015

    33,455  

2016

    30,607  

2017 and thereafter

    88,802  
       

  $ 272,850  
       

        As of July 30, 2011, outstanding commitments for the purchase of inventory were approximately $99.4 million. The Company had outstanding letters of credit of approximately $21.7 million at July 30, 2011.

        As of July 30, 2011, the Company did not have any outstanding commitments for the purchase of diesel fuel.

        Assets mortgaged amounted to approximately $84.3 million at July 30, 2011.

71


Table of Contents

        The Company may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, amounts accrued, as well as the total amount of reasonably possible losses with respect to such matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not deemed to be material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations. Legal expenses incurred in connection with claims and legal actions are expensed as incurred.

(12) RETIREMENT PLANS

    Retirement Plan

        The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, the United Natural Foods, Inc. Retirement Plan (the "Retirement Plan"). In order to become a participant in the Retirement Plan, employees must meet certain eligibility requirements as described in the Retirement Plan document. In addition to amounts contributed to the Retirement Plan by employees, the Company makes contributions to the Retirement Plan on behalf of the employees. During fiscal 2008, the Company assumed the Millbrook Distribution Services Union Retirement Plan and the Millbrook Distribution Services Retirement Plan as part of an acquisition. During the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009, the Company merged the Millbrook Distributions Services Retirement Plan into the Retirement Plan. The Company's contributions to these plans were approximately $3.9 million, $3.2 million and $3.0 million, for the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009, respectively.

    Deferred Compensation and Supplemental Retirement Plans

        The Company's non-employee directors and certain of its employees are eligible to participate in the United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan and the United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Stock Plan (collectively the " Deferral Plans "). The Deferral Plans are nonqualified deferred compensation plans which are administered by the Company's Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The Deferral Plans were established to provide participants with the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of their compensation to a non-qualified retirement plan in amounts greater than the amount permitted to be deferred under the Company's 401(k) Plan. The Company believes that this is an appropriate benefit because (i) it operates to place employees and non-employee directors in the same position as other employees who are not affected by Internal Revenue Code limits placed on plans such as the Company's 401(k) Plan; (ii) does not substantially increase the Company's financial obligations to its employees and directors (there are no employer matching contributions, only a crediting of deemed earnings); and (iii) provides additional incentives to the Company's employees and directors, since amounts set aside by the employees and directors are subject to the claims of the Company's creditors until paid. Under the Deferral Plans, only the payment of the compensation earned by the participant is deferred and there is no deferral of the expense in the Company's financial statements related to the participants' earnings; the Company records the related compensation expense in the year in which the compensation is earned by the participants.

        Under the Deferred Stock Plan, which was frozen to new deferrals effective January 1, 2007, each eligible participant could elect to defer between 0% and 100% of restricted stock awards granted during the election calendar year. Effective January 1, 2007, each participant may elect to defer up to 100% of their restricted share unit awards, performance shares and performance units under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, each participant may also elect to defer a minimum of $1,000 and a maximum of 90% of base salary and 100% of director fees, employee bonuses and commissions, as applicable, earned by the participants for the calendar year. From January 1, 2009 to July 31, 2010, participants' cash-derived deferrals under the Deferred Compensation Plan earned interest at the 5-year certificate of deposit annual yield taken from the Wall Street Journal Market Data Center (as captured on the first and last business date of each calendar quarter and averaged) plus 3% credited and compounded quarterly. Beginning August 1, 2010, participants' cash-derived deferrals accrue earnings and appreciation based on the performance of mutual funds selected by the participant. The value of equity-based awards deferred under the Deferred Compensation and Deferred Stock Plans are based upon the performance of the Company's common stock.

72


Table of Contents

        The Millbrook Deferred Compensation Plan and the Millbrook Supplemental Retirement Plan were assumed by the Company as part of an acquisition during fiscal 2008. Deferred compensation relates to a compensation arrangement implemented in 1984 by a predecessor of the acquired company in the form of a non-qualified defined benefit plan and a supplemental retirement plan which permitted former officers and certain management employees, at the time, to defer portions of their compensation to earn specified maximum benefits upon retirement. The future obligations, which are fixed in accordance with the plans, have been recorded at a discount rate of 5.7%. These plans do not allow new participants, and there are no active employees subject to these plans.

        In an effort to provide for the benefits associated with these plans, the acquired company's predecessor purchased whole-life insurance contracts on the plan participants. The cash surrender value of these policies included in Other Assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheet was $9.5 million and $9.0 million at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively. At July 30, 2011, total future obligations including interest, assuming commencement of payments at an individual's retirement age, as defined under the deferred compensation arrangement, were as follows:

Year
  (In thousands)  

2012

  $ 1,247  

2013

    1,244  

2014

    1,232  

2015

    1,223  

2016

    1,216  

2017 and thereafter

    6,643  
       

  $ 12,805  
       

(13) EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

        The Company adopted the UNFI Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") for the purpose of acquiring outstanding shares of the Company for the benefit of eligible employees. The ESOP was effective as of November 1, 1988 and has received notice of qualification by the Internal Revenue Service.

        In connection with the adoption of the ESOP, a Trust was established to hold the shares acquired. On November 1, 1988, the Trust purchased 40% of the then outstanding common stock of the Company at a price of $4.1 million. The trustees funded this purchase by issuing promissory notes to the initial stockholders, with the Trust shares pledged as collateral. These notes bear interest at 1.33% as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, and are payable through May 2015. As the debt is repaid, shares are released from collateral and allocated to active employees, based on the proportion of principal and interest paid in the year.

        All shares held by the ESOP were purchased prior to December 31, 1992. As a result, the Company considers unreleased shares of the ESOP to be outstanding for purposes of calculating both basic and diluted earnings per share, whether or not the shares have been committed to be released. The debt of the ESOP is recorded as debt and the shares pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP shares in the consolidated balance sheets. During the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010, and August 1, 2009, contributions totaling approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, were made to the Trust. Of these contributions, less than $0.1 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 and approximately $0.1 million in fiscal 2009 represented interest.

73


Table of Contents

        The ESOP shares were classified as follows:

 
  July 30, 2011   July 31, 2010  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total ESOP shares—beginning of year

    2,419     2,552  
 

Shares distributed to employees

    (220 )   (133 )
           
 

Total ESOP shares—end of year

    2,199     2,419  
           

Allocated shares

    1,657     1,711  

Unreleased shares

    542     708  
           
 

Total ESOP shares

    2,199     2,419  
           

        During the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, 165,436 shares and 197,085 shares were released for allocation, respectively. The fair value of unreleased shares was approximately $22.6 million and $20.9 million at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, respectively.

(14) INCOME TAXES

        For the fiscal year July 30, 2011, income before income taxes consisted of $118.5 million from U.S. operations and $7.9 million from foreign operations. For the fiscal year ended July 31, 2010, income (loss) before income taxes consists of $112.9 million from U.S. operations and ($0.9) million from foreign operations. All income before income taxes for the fiscal year ended August 1, 2009 is from U.S. operations.

        Total federal and state income tax (benefit) expense consists of the following:

 
  Current   Deferred   Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Fiscal year ended July 30, 2011:

                   

U.S. Federal

  $ 24,971   $ 14,273   $ 39,244  

State & Local

    7,091     1,207     8,298  

Foreign

    2,180     40     2,220  
               

  $ 34,242   $ 15,520   $ 49,762  
               

Fiscal year ended July 31, 2010:

                   

U.S. Federal

  $ 31,818   $ 5,488   $ 37,306  

State & Local

    7,147     (427 )   6,720  

Foreign

    (345 )       (345 )
               

  $ 38,620   $ 5,061   $ 43,681  
               

Fiscal year ended August 1, 2009:

                   

U.S. Federal

  $ 32,998   $ (33 ) $ 32,965  

State & local

    7,761     272     8,033  
               

  $ 40,759   $ 239   $ 40,998  
               

74


Table of Contents

        Total income tax expense (benefit) was different than the amounts computed using the United States statutory income tax rate (35%) applied to income before income taxes as a result of the following:

 
  Fiscal year ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Computed "expected" tax expense

  $ 44,252   $ 39,201   $ 35,064  

State and local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit

    5,394     4,368     5,222  

Non-deductible expenses

    1,111     872     861  

Tax effect of share-based compensation

    (440 )   78     (65 )

General Business Credits

    (1,021 )   (215 )   (325 )

Other, net

    466     (623 )   241  
               

Total income tax expense

  $ 49,762   $ 43,681   $ 40,998  
               

        Total income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended July 30, 2011, July 31, 2010 and August 1, 2009 was allocated as follows:

 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Income tax expense

  $ 49,762   $ 43,681   $ 40,998  

Stockholders' equity, difference between compensation expense for tax purposes and amounts recognized for financial statement purposes

    (1,545 )   (1,822 )   598  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

    502     97     (647 )
               

  $ 48,719   $ 41,956   $ 40,949  
               

75


Table of Contents

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the net deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010 are presented below:

 
  2011   2010  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Deferred tax assets:

             

Inventories, principally due to additional costs inventoried for tax purposes

  $ 5,638   $ 4,906  

Compensation and benefits related

    16,701     14,725  

Accounts receivable, principally due to allowances for uncollectible accounts

    2,286     2,655  

Accrued expenses

    7,037     6,586  

Other comprehensive income

    495     997  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    7,381     9,298  

Other deferred tax assets

    71     23  
           

Total gross deferred tax assets

    39,609     39,190  

Less valuation allowance

    5,071     5,052  
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 34,538   $ 34,138  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation

  $ 30,333   $ 15,546  

Intangible assets

    20,530     18,495  

Other

    203     135  
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

    51,066     34,176  
           

Net deferred tax liabilities

  $ (16,528 ) $ (38 )
           

Current deferred income tax assets

  $ 22,023   $ 20,560  

Non-current deferred income tax liabilities

    (38,551 )   (20,598 )
           

  $ (16,528 ) $ (38 )
           

        The net increase (decrease) in total valuation in fiscal year 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $19, ($86), and $2,406 respectively.

        At July 30, 2011, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $5.1 million for federal income tax purposes. The federal carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation of approximately $0.4 million under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The carryforwards expire at various times between 2012 and 2024. In addition, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $64.1 million for state income tax purposes that expire in years 2013 through 2020. At July 30, 2011, the Company also had state tax credit carryforwards of approximately $0.8 million, which will expire by fiscal 2012.

        In assessing the recoverability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the fact that the Company has sufficient taxable income in the federal carryback period and anticipates sufficient future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets for federal and state tax purposes appears more likely than not at July 30, 2011, with the exception of certain state deferred tax assets. Valuation allowances were established against approximately $5.1 million of state deferred tax assets related to a previous stock-based business combination and certain state tax credit carryforwards. The subsequent release of this valuation allowance, if such release occurs, will reduce income tax expense.

76


Table of Contents

        For the fiscal years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, the Company did not have any material unrecognized tax benefits and thus, no significant interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were recognized. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. In addition, the Company does not expect that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly within the next 12 months.

        The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in various state jurisdictions. Following the acquisition of the SDG assets from SunOpta, UNFI Canada files income tax returns in Canada and certain of its provinces. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for years before the Company's fiscal 2008. The tax years that remain subject to examination by state jurisdictions range from the Company's fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2011.

(15) BUSINESS SEGMENTS

        The Company has several operating divisions aggregated under the wholesale segment, which is the Company's only reportable segment. These operating divisions have similar products and services, customer channels, distribution methods and historical margins. The wholesale segment is engaged in national distribution of natural, organic and specialty foods, produce and related products in the United States and Canada. The Company has additional operating divisions that do not meet the quantitative thresholds for reportable segments and are therefore aggregated under the caption of "Other". "Other" includes a retail division, which engages in the sale of natural foods and related products to the general public through retail storefronts on the east coast of the United States, a manufacturing division, which engages in importing, roasting and packaging of nuts, seeds, dried fruit and snack items, and the Company's branded product lines. "Other" also includes certain corporate operating expenses that are not allocated to operating divisions, which consist of depreciation, salaries, retainers, and other related expenses of officers, directors, corporate finance (including professional services), information technology, governance, legal, human resources and internal audit that are necessary to operate the Company's headquarters located in Providence, Rhode Island, and formerly, in Dayville, Connecticut. As the Company continues to expand its business and serve its customers through a new national platform, these corporate expense amounts have increased, which is the primary driver behind the increasing operating losses within the "Other" category below. Non-operating expenses that are not allocated to the operating divisions are under the caption of "Unallocated Expenses". The Company does not record its revenues for financial reporting purposes by product group, and it is therefore impracticable for the Company to report them accordingly.

77


Table of Contents

        Following is business segment information for the periods indicated:

 
  Wholesale   Other   Eliminations   Unallocated
Expenses
  Consolidated  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Fiscal year ended July 30, 2011

                               

Net sales

  $ 4,472,694   $ 162,731   $ (105,410 )       $ 4,530,015  

Operating income (loss)

    161,952     (31,305 )   (966 )         129,681  

Interest expense

                    $ 5,000     5,000  

Interest income

                      (1,226 )   (1,226 )

Other, net

                      (528 )   (528 )

Income before income taxes

                            126,435  

Depreciation and amortization

    33,520     1,776                 35,296  

Capital expenditures

    38,035     2,743                 40,778  

Goodwill

    174,612     17,331                 191,943  

Total assets

    1,258,783     150,151     (7,946 )         1,400,988  

Fiscal year ended July 31, 2010

                               

Net sales

  $ 3,698,349   $ 171,841   $ (113,051 )       $ 3,757,139  

Operating income (loss)

    152,364     (38,108 )   646           114,902  

Interest expense

                    $ 5,845     5,845  

Interest income

                      (247 )   (247 )

Other, net

                      (2,698 )   (2,698 )

Income before income taxes

                            112,002  

Depreciation and amortization

    24,744     2,739                 27,483  

Capital expenditures

    51,495     3,614                 55,109  

Goodwill

    169,594     17,331                 186,925  

Total assets

    1,099,962     159,814     (8,977 )         1,250,799  

Fiscal year ended August 1, 2009

                               

Net sales

  $ 3,392,984   $ 142,769   $ (80,853 )       $ 3,454,900  

Operating income (loss)

    128,998     (20,639 )   1,562           109,921  

Interest expense

                    $ 9,914     9,914  

Interest income

                      (450 )   (450 )

Other, net

                      275     275  

Income before income taxes

                            100,182  

Depreciation and amortization

    23,333     3,696                 27,029  

Capital expenditures

    27,342     5,011                 32,353  

Goodwill

    146,970     17,363                 164,333  

Total assets

    942,845     123,908     (8,203 )         1,058,550  

78


Table of Contents

(16) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

        The following table sets forth certain key interim financial information for the years ended July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010:

 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Full Year  
 
  (In thousands except per share data)
 

2011

                               

Net sales

  $ 1,052,967   $ 1,114,449   $ 1,203,983   $ 1,158,616   $ 4,530,015  

Gross profit

    192,332     198,632     218,544     215,302     824,810  

Income before income taxes

    28,531     30,703     38,937     28,264     126,435  

Net income

    17,404     18,729     23,362     17,178     76,673  

Per common share income

                               

Basic:

  $ 0.39   $ 0.39   $ 0.48   $ 0.36   $ 1.62  

Diluted:

  $ 0.39   $ 0.39   $ 0.48   $ 0.34   $ 1.60  

Weighted average basic

                               
 

Shares outstanding

    44,771     48,232     48,406     48,484     47,459  

Weighted average diluted

                               
 

Shares outstanding

    45,101     48,538     48,793     48,888     47,815  

Market Price

                               
 

High

  $ 37.48   $ 39.85   $ 46.05   $ 45.34   $ 46.05  
 

Low

  $ 32.65   $ 34.78   $ 37.06   $ 39.52   $ 32.65  

 

 
  First
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Full Year  
 
  (In thousands except per share data)
 

2010

                               

Net sales

  $ 884,768   $ 898,217   $ 985,694   $ 988,460   $ 3,757,139  

Gross profit

    164,601     166,606     182,407     183,317     696,931  

Income before income taxes

    25,888     26,099     32,480     27,535     112,002  

Net income

    15,533     15,660     19,488     17,640     68,321  

Per common share income

                               

Basic:

  $ 0.36   $ 0.36   $ 0.45   $ 0.41   $ 1.58  

Diluted:

  $ 0.36   $ 0.36   $ 0.45   $ 0.40   $ 1.57  

Weighted average basic

                               
 

Shares outstanding

    42,982     43,024     43,245     43,483     43,184  

Weighted average diluted

                               
 

Shares outstanding

    43,211     43,315     43,536     43,813     43,425  

Market Price

                               
 

High

  $ 28.28   $ 29.35   $ 31.35   $ 35.12   $ 35.12  
 

Low

  $ 23.03   $ 23.29   $ 24.71   $ 28.92   $ 23.03  

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

    Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures .

        We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities

79


Table of Contents

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the "Evaluation Date"). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

    Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

    Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets;

    Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and

    Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2011. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on its assessment, our management concluded that, as of July 30, 2011, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria at the reasonable assurance level.

    Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

        The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2011 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included in "Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

        No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)or 15d-15(f)) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 2011 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        Effective September 22, 2011, we entered into an Employment Separation Agreement and Release (the "Separation Agreement"), with John Stern, our former senior vice president and chief information officer. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Stern is entitled to receive a severance payment in

80


Table of Contents


the amount of approximately $272,000 as well as continued medical benefits for a period of eleven months (collectively, the "Separation Payments"). The cash portion of the Separation Payments will not commence until six months and one day following Mr. Stern's separation from service on September 30, 2011, at which time a cash payment of approximately $149,000 will be made. Thereafter, the remaining unpaid cash portion of the Separation Payments will be paid in pro rata amounts for the five months thereafter in accordance with our normal payroll practices. The Separation Payments are contingent on Mr. Stern's agreement to a general release of claims, which generally provides that Mr. Stern voluntarily releases us, our present and former directors, officers, shareholders and certain other persons or entities affiliated with us of claims related to his employment with us. The Separation Agreement also provides for mutual non-disparagement obligations and provides that the Separation Payments are contingent on Mr. Stern's compliance, during the eleven month period following his separation from service, with the non-competition and non-solicitation obligations set out in the Separation Agreement.

        The foregoing summary of the material terms of the Separation Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual agreement, a copy of which is filed herewith as Exhibit 10.72.

81


Table of Contents


PART III.

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        The information required by this item will be contained, in part, in our Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A for our Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on December 13, 2011 (the "2011 Proxy Statement") under the captions "Directors and Nominees for Director," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," and "Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee" and is incorporated herein by this reference. Pursuant to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K, our executive officers are reported under the caption "Executive Officers of the Registrant" in Part I, Item I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Corporate Controller, and employees within our finance, purchasing, operations, and sales departments. Our code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.unfi.com. If we make any substantive amendments to our code of ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code of ethics to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Corporate Controller, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item will be contained in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the captions "Non-employee Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation", "Compensation Discussion and Analysis", "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Report of the Compensation Committee" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

        The information required by this item will be contained, in part, in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption "Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management", and is incorporated herein by this reference.

        The following table provides certain information with respect to equity awards under the Company's 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, 2002 Stock Incentive Plan and 1996 Stock Option Plan as of July 30, 2011.

Plan Category
  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in the second column)
 

Plans approved by stockholders

    1,365,891 (1) $ 28.40     1,092,543  

Plans not approved by stockholders

             
               

Total

    1,365,891 (1) $ 28.40     1,092,543  

(1)
Does not include 89,184 shares of our common stock issuable to participants in the United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan and the United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Stock Plan as a result of deferrals of shares that were issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock awards and restricted stock units under our equity incentive plans approved by our stockholders.

82


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by this item will be contained in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

        The information required by this item will be contained in the 2011 Proxy Statement under the caption "Fees Paid to KPMG LLP" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

83


Table of Contents


PART IV.

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)
    Documents filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    1.
    Financial Statements .    The Financial Statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 hereof are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

    2.
    Financial Statement Schedules .    All schedules have been omitted because they are either not required or the information required is included in our consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto included in Item 8 hereof.

    3.
    Exhibits .    The Exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such Exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

84


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

    UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

 

 

/s/ MARK E. SHAMBER

Mark E. Shamber
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

Dated: September 28, 2011

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name
 
Title
 
Date
/s/ STEVEN L. SPINNER

Steven L. Spinner
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   September 28, 2011

/s/ MICHAEL S. FUNK

Michael S. Funk

 

Chair of the Board

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ MARK E. SHAMBER

Mark E. Shamber

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ GORDON D. BARKER

Gordon D. Barker

 

Vice Chair of the Board and Lead Independent Director

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ MARY ELIZABETH BURTON

Mary Elizabeth Burton

 

Director

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ JOSEPH M. CIANCIOLO

Joseph M. Cianciolo

 

Director

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ GAIL A. GRAHAM

Gail A. Graham

 

Director

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ JAMES P. HEFFERNAN

James P. Heffernan

 

Director

 

September 28, 2011

/s/ PETER ROY

Peter Roy

 

Director

 

September 28, 2011

85


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.
  Description
    2.1(20)   Merger Agreement, dated October 5, 2007, by and among the Registrant, UNFI Merger Sub, Inc., Distribution Holdings, Inc. and Millbrook Distribution Services Inc. (Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the schedules and exhibits have been omitted from this filing.)

 

  2.2(30)

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated May 10, 2010, by and among UNFI Canada, Inc., a subsidiary of the Registrant, with SunOpta Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Drive Organics Corp. (Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the schedules and exhibits have been omitted from this filing.)

 

  2.3(31)

 

Amendment No 1., dated June 4, 2010, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated May 10, 2010, by and among UNFI Canada, Inc., a subsidiary of the Registrant, with SunOpta Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Drive Organics Corp.

 

  3.1(11)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 

  3.2(11)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 

  3.3(14)

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

 

  3.4(18)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended on September 13, 2007.

 

  4.1(26)

 

Specimen Certificate for shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Registrant.

 

10.1(1)**

 

1996 Employee Stock Ownership Plan, effective November 1, 1988.

 

10.2(9)**

 

Amended and Restated Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

 

10.3(1)

 

Employee Stock Ownership Trust Loan Agreement among Norman Cloutier, Steven Townsend, Daniel Atwood, Theodore Cloutier and the Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust, dated November 1, 1988.

 

10.4(1)

 

Stock Pledge Agreement between the Employee Stock Ownership Trust and Steven Townsend, Trustee for Norman Cloutier, Steven Townsend, Daniel Atwood and Theodore Cloutier, dated November 1, 1988.

 

10.5(1)

 

Trust Agreement among Norman Cloutier, Steven Townsend, Daniel Atwood, Theodore Cloutier and Steven Townsend as Trustee, dated November 1, 1988.

 

10.6(1)

 

Guaranty Agreement between the Registrant and Steven Townsend as Trustee for Norman Cloutier, Steven Townsend, Daniel Atwood and Theodore Cloutier, dated November 1, 1988.

 

10.7(2)**

 

Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

 

10.8(2)**

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

 

10.9(2)**

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Option Plan.

 

10.10(3)**

 

2002 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.11(4)

 

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 30, 2004, with Bank of America Business Capital (formerly Fleet Capital Corporation).

 

10.12(5)

 

Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation dated April 30, 2003.

 

10.13(6)

 

Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation, dated December 18, 2003.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
  Description
  10.14(7)   Real Estate Term Notes between the Registrant and City National Bank, dated April 28, 2000.

 

10.15(8)

 

Lease between AmberJack, Ltd. and the Registrant, dated July 11, 1997.

 

10.16(9)

 

First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation, dated August 26, 2003.

 

10.17(10)**

 

2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.18(11)

 

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 30, 2004.

 

10.19(12)**

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to United Natural Foods, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.20(13)

 

Fifth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation, dated July 28, 2005.

 

10.21(15)

 

Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated January 31, 2006.

 

10.22(16)+

 

Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc., effective September 26, 2006.

 

10.23(17)

 

Lease between the Registrant and Meridian-Hudson McIntosh, LLC, dated March 16, 2007.

 

10.24(18)

 

Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation, dated April 30, 2004.

 

10.25(19)

 

Fourth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Fleet Capital Corporation dated June 15, 2005.

 

10.27(21)

 

Lease between Cactus Commerce, LLC, and the Registrant, dated December 3, 2007.

 

10.28(21)

 

Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 2, 2007.

 

10.29(21)

 

Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated November 27, 2007.

 

10.30(21)

 

Sixth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. as successor to Fleet Capital Corporation, dated November 2, 2007.

 

10.31(21)

 

Seventh Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. as successor to Fleet Capital Corporation, dated November 27, 2007.

 

10.32(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Thomas A. Dziki.

 

10.33(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Michael Funk.

 

10.34(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Mark Shamber.

 

10.35(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Gordon Barker.

 

10.36(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Joseph Cianciolo.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
  Description
  10.37(21)**   Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Gail Graham.

 

10.38(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and James Heffernan.

 

10.39(21)**

 

Restricted Unit Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2007, between the Registrant and Peter Roy.

 

10.40(22)

 

Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement as of June 4, 2008.

 

10.41(22)

 

Eighth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. as successor to Fleet Capital Corporation, dated June 4, 2008.

 

10.42(23)**

 

Offer Letter between Steven L. Spinner, President and CEO, and the Registrant, dated September 16, 2008.

 

10.43(23)**

 

Severance Agreement between Steven L. Spinner, President and CEO, and the Registrant, dated September 16, 2008. (Included within Exhibit 10.47)

 

10.44(23)**

 

Form of Performance Unit Agreement under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.45(24)**

 

Performance Unit Agreement between Steven L. Spinner and the Registrant, effective November 5, 2008.

 

10.46(25)

 

Form Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers.

 

10.47(27)**

 

Amendment to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.48(28)

 

Amendment to Offer Letter between Steven L. Spinner, President and CEO, and the Registrant, dated September 16, 2008 to include application of Incentive Compensation Recoupment Policy of UNFI.

 

10.49(28)

 

Lease between ProLogis, and the Registrant, dated September 30, 2009.

 

10.50(29)

 

Lease between Valley Centre I, L.L.C. and the Registrant, dated August 3, 1998.

 

10.51(29)

 

Lease between Metropolitan Life Insurance Company and the Registrant, dated July 31, 2001.

 

10.52(29)

 

Lease between FR York Property Holding, LP, and the Registrant, dated March 14, 2008.

 

10.53(29)

 

Lease between ALCO Cityside Federal LLC, and the Registrant, dated October 14, 2008.

 

10.54(29)

 

Amendment to Lease between Principal Life Insurance Company, and the Registrant, dated April 23, 2008.

 

10.55(29)

 

Amendment to Lease between ALCO Cityside Federal LLC, and the Registrant, dated May 12, 2009.

 

10.56(32)

 

Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement as of February 25, 2009.

 

10.57(32)

 

Ninth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. as successor to Fleet Capital Corporation, dated February 25, 2009.

 

10.58(32)+

 

Amendment to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Whole Foods Market Distribution, Inc., effective June 2, 2010.

 

10.59(32)**

 

Change in Control Agreement between the Registrant and each of Mark Shamber and Joseph J. Traficanti.

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
  Description
  10.60(32)**   Change in Control Agreement between the Registrant and each of Thomas Dziki, Sean Griffin, Thomas Grillea, Kurt Luttecke and David Matthews.

 

10.61(32)**

 

Severance Agreement between the Registrant and each of Michael Funk, Thomas Dziki, Sean Griffin, Thomas Grillea, Kurt Luttecke, David Matthews, Mark Shamber and Joseph J. Traficanti.

 

10.62(32)**

 

Form of Restricted Unit Award Agreement.

 

10.63(32)**

 

Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Award Agreement.

 

10.64(33)**

 

Employment Separation Agreement and Release between the Registrant and Carl Koch III, dated September 23, 2010.

 

10.65(33)+

 

Amendment to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Whole Foods Distribution effective October 11, 2010.

 

10.66(34)**

 

United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.67(35)**

 

Fiscal 2011 Senior Management Cash Incentive Plan.

 

10.68(36)**

 

Form of Performance Share Agreement to United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.69** *

 

Form of Performance Share Award Agreement to United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.70** *

 

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement to United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.71** *

 

Fiscal 2012 Senior Management Cash Incentive Plan.

 

10.72** *

 

Employment Separation Agreement and Release between the Registrant and John Stern, dated September 22, 2011.

 

10.73** *

 

United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

10.74** *

 

United Natural Foods, Inc. Deferred Stock Plan.

 

12.1*

 

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

 

21*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

31.1*

 

Certification of CEO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

31.2*

 

Certification of CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.1*

 

Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

32.2*

 

Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101†*

 

The following materials from United Natural Foods, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 30, 2011 formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language):
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

*
Filed herewith.

**
Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Table of Contents

+
Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of redacting a portion of the text. This exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission accompanied by a confidential treatment request pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

This information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-11349).

(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for the year ended July 31, 2000.

(3)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2003.

(4)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2004.

(5)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2003.

(6)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 31, 2004.

(7)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2000.

(8)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 1997.

(9)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2004.

(10)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2004.

(11)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 31, 2005.

(12)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 POS (File No. 333-123462).

(13)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2005.

(14)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 28, 2006.

(15)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 29, 2006.

(16)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006.

(17)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 28, 2007.

(18)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 19, 2007.

Table of Contents

(19)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 28, 2007.

(20)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 27, 2007.

(21)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 26, 2008.

(22)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended August 1, 2009.

(23)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the year ended November 1, 2008.

(24)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 31, 2009. (25) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 2, 2009.

(26)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2010.

(27)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Form DEF 14A, Appendix B, filed on October 30, 2008.

(28)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2009.

(29)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 1, 2010.

(30)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 11, 2010.

(31)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 10, 2010.

(32)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended July 31, 2010.

(33)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 30, 2010.

(34)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Periodic Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 21, 2010.

(35)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Periodic Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 5, 2010.

(36)
Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Periodic Report on Form 8-K, filed on March 18, 2011.



Exhibit 10.69

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PERFORMANCE SHARE AGREEMENT

 

This Performance Share Agreement (this “Agreement”) effective as of                          , 2011, between United Natural Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) and                              (the “Participant”), who is an employee of the Company, evidences the award of Performance Shares to the Participant under the United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

In consideration of services rendered and agreed to be rendered, the Company makes this Award of Performance Shares to the Participant named in the first sentence of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the issuance or transfer of shares of the Company’s common stock are conditioned on the following terms:

 

1.                                       Definitions.

 

All capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

(a)                                   Participant , solely for purposes of this Agreement, means the employee designated above.

 

(b)                                  Performance Criteria means the performance factors and requirements specified in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Performance Period means the period beginning on                  ,          and ending on                  ,         .

 

(d)                                  Performance Share means the grant of a Share, which shall remain forfeitable at all times until the successful attainment of the Performance Criteria to the satisfaction of the Committee.

 

(e)                                   Unvested Performance Shares means Performance Shares granted pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement as to which the Performance Criteria have not been satisfied under Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Grant of Performance Shares.

 

The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan,              Performance Shares (subject to adjustment under Section 17 of the Plan)[, provided that, to the extent that the Participant vests in greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the Performance Shares (as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement), additional Performance Shares will be issued to the Participant.  For purposes of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, the actual number of Performance Shares earned shall be equal to              times the applicable percentage set forth on Exhibit A , which may result in a

 



 

higher or lower number of Performance Shares than the              targeted Performance Shares. The maximum number of Performance Shares that may be earned is subject to the limitation in Section 9(h) of the Plan.]

 

3.                                       Vesting.

 

(a)                                   To the extent that the Performance Criteria under Section 4 of this Agreement have been satisfied as of the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant shall vest in the number of Performance Shares awarded under this Agreement, as calculated in accordance with Section 4, and his rights to such vested Performance Shares shall become nonforfeitable as of the last day of the Performance Period, subject to Section 6 below.  [Except as provided in Section [3(b) or (c)] below, to the extent that such Performance Criteria have not been satisfied as of the last day of the Performance Period, any Performance Shares awarded under this Agreement that do not vest, as calculated in accordance with Section 4, shall be canceled immediately without further obligation on the part of the Company.]  Prior to lapse of any restrictions regarding the Performance Shares as provided herein, the Committee shall certify in writing (which may be set forth in the minutes of a meeting of the Committee) the extent to which the Performance Criteria and all other material terms of this Agreement have been met.

 

(b)                                  [In the event the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code) before the end of the Performance Period, the Participant shall vest in the            Performance Shares granted under Section 2 of this Agreement [(and, for the avoidance of doubt, no additional Performance Shares in which the Participant may be entitled to vest in accordance with the Performance Criteria)] and his rights to the Performance Shares shall become nonforfeitable as of the date of death or disability.]

 

(c)                                   [In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason within twelve months after the Company obtains actual knowledge that a Change in Control has occurred, and before the Performance Shares have become vested under Section 3(a), the Participant shall vest in the                Performance Shares granted under Section 2 of this Agreement [(and, for the avoidance of doubt, no additional Performance Shares in which the Participant may be entitled to vest in accordance with the Performance Criteria)] and his rights to such vested Performance Shares shall become nonforfeitable as of the date on which his employment is terminated.]

 

4.                                       Performance Criteria.

 

[The Performance Criteria are set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.]

 

2



 

5.                                       Lapse of Restrictions.

 

(a)                                   The Company shall issue to the Participant one Share for each Performance Share which has become vested with respect to the Performance Period pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  If the Participant dies after vesting pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement but before the Company issues any Shares described in subsection (a), above, such issuance shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary according to the same schedule as described above.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment.

 

[Except as provided in Section [3(b) or (c)] above, if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, all then-Unvested Performance Shares shall be canceled immediately without further obligation on the part of the Company.]

 

7.                                       Withholding.

 

The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Participant or his Beneficiary, including but not limited to the Performance Shares, any applicable withholding obligations or withholding taxes (“Withholding Taxes”) as set forth by Internal Revenue Service guidelines for any employer’s minimum statutory withholding with respect to the Performance Shares, and to require that the Company be paid the amount of any Withholding Taxes.  In its sole and absolute discretion, the Company may satisfy the required Withholding Taxes by withholding from the Performance Shares upon the lapse of any restrictions thereon that number of whole Shares necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes with respect to such Performance Shares on which the restrictions shall have lapsed, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the last day of the Performance Period.

 

8.                                       Amendment.

 

The Committee may in its sole discretion amend, modify or terminate this Agreement, including, but not limited to, an action substituting another Award of the same or a different type or changing the Performance Period, except to the extent such amendment would increase the amount of compensation that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(A); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in this Agreement or to the extent necessary to conform this Agreement to mandatory provisions of applicable federal or state laws, regulations or rulings, including but not limited to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code necessary to avoid tax penalties to the Participant, the Committee shall obtain the Participant’s consent before it amends this Agreement in a manner that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights or benefits under this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8 or in the Plan, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

3



 

9.                                       Determinations by the Committee.

 

Determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to the interpretation of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

10.                                Provisions of the Plan; Company Policies.

 

This grant is subject to the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference and a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this Agreement (or which previously has been furnished to the Participant).  This Agreement, read together with the Plan, represents the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Participant, and shall supersede any prior agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties.  This Agreement, and any payment in Shares for the Performance Shares, shall be subject to any policy of the Company regarding the recoupment or clawback of compensation as in effect at the date of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Holding Period

 

[To the extent that any Shares are awarded hereunder, Participant agrees to hold such Shares and not dispose of them by sale or other voluntary disposition for a period of three (3) years from the date of vesting, unless such holding period is waived by the Committee in its sole discretion.  This Agreement shall not apply to any Shares that are withheld to satisfy income tax obligations of Participant hereunder.]

 

12.                                Notices and Payments.

 

Any notice required or permitted to be given to the Participant or his Beneficiary under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail with postage and fees prepaid.  Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective only upon receipt by the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office.

 

13.                                Waiver.

 

The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any purpose shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of the same or any other provision of this Agreement at any subsequent time or for any other purpose.

 

14.                                Governing Law.

 

The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rules or principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

4



 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an officer of the Company, and the Participant has accepted and signed this Agreement, all on the day and year first mentioned above.

 

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Mark E. Shamber

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

 

[To be determined.]

 

2




Exhibit 10.70

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
2004 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT

 

This Performance Unit Agreement (this “Agreement”) effective as of                            , 2011, between United Natural Foods, Inc. (the “Company”) and                                      (the “Participant”), who is an employee of the Company, evidences the award of Performance Units to the Participant under the United Natural Foods, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).

 

In consideration of services rendered and agreed to be rendered, the Company makes this Award of Performance Units to the Participant named in the first sentence of this Agreement.  This Agreement and the issuance or transfer of shares of the Company’s common stock or payment of cash are conditioned on the following terms:

 

1.                                       Definitions.

 

All capitalized terms that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

(a)                                   Participant , solely for purposes of this Agreement, means the employee designated above.

 

(b)                                  Performance Criteria means the performance factors and requirements specified in Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Performance Period means the period beginning on                    ,            and ending on                  ,         .

 

(d)                                  Performance Unit means a right to receive a payment in the form of a Share or in the form of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share following the successful attainment of the Performance Criteria to the satisfaction of the Committee.

 

(e)                                   Unvested Performance Units means Performance Units granted pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement as to which the Performance Criteria have not been satisfied under Section 4 of this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Grant of Performance Units.

 

The Company hereby grants to the Participant, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Plan,                  Performance Units (subject to adjustment under Section 17 of the Plan)[, provided that, to the extent that the Participant vests in greater than one hundred percent (100%) of the Performance Units (as provided in Section 4 of this Agreement), additional Performance Units will be paid to the Participant.  For purposes of clarity and the avoidance of doubt, the actual number of Performance Units earned shall be equal to

 



 

                     times the applicable percentage set forth on Exhibit A , which may result in a higher or lower number of Performance Units than the                  targeted Performance Units. A Performance Unit does not represent an equity interest in the Company and carries no voting or dividend rights. The maximum number of Performance Units that may be earned is subject to the limitation in Section 10(d) of the Plan.]

 

3.                                       Vesting.

 

(a)                                   To the extent that the Performance Criteria under Section 4 of this Agreement have been satisfied as of the last day of the Performance Period, the Participant shall vest in the number of Performance Units awarded under this Agreement, as calculated in accordance with Section 4, and his rights to such vested Performance Units shall become nonforfeitable as of the last day of the Performance Period, subject to Section 6 below.  [Except as provided in Section [3(b) or (c)] below, to the extent that such Performance Criteria have not been satisfied as of the last day of the Performance Period, any Performance Units awarded under this Agreement that do not vest, as calculated in accordance with Section 4, shall be canceled immediately and shall not be payable to the Participant.]  Prior to the payment of any Performance Units, the Committee shall certify in writing (which may be set forth in the minutes of a meeting of the Committee) the extent to which the Performance Criteria and all other material terms of this Agreement have been met.

 

(b)                                  [In the event the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e) of the Code) before the end of the Performance Period, the Participant shall vest in the                  Performance Units granted under Section 2 of this Agreement [(and, for the avoidance of doubt, no additional Performance Units in which the Participant may be entitled to vest in accordance with the Performance Criteria)] and his rights to such vested Performance Units shall become nonforfeitable as of the date on which his employment is terminated.]

 

(c)                                   [In the event the Participant’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is terminated for any reason within twelve months after the Company obtains actual knowledge that a Change in Control has occurred, and before the Performance Units have become vested under Section 3(a), the Participant shall vest in the                Performance Units granted under Section 2 of this Agreement [(and, for the avoidance of doubt, no additional Performance Units in which the Participant may be entitled to vest in accordance with the Performance Criteria)] and his rights to such vested Performance Units shall become nonforfeitable as of the date on which his employment is terminated.]

 

4.                                       Performance Criteria.

 

[The Performance Criteria are set forth in Exhibit A to this Agreement.]

 

2



 

5.                                       Payment.

 

(a)                                   The Company shall issue to the Participant one Share, or at the Committee’s discretion shall pay to the Participant in cash the Fair Market Value of one Share, for each Performance Unit which has become vested with respect to the Performance Period pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Committee, as of the date of grant, to settle the Performance Units by delivery of Shares.  Such payment shall be made no later than March 15th of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Performance Period ends.

 

(b)                                  If the Participant dies after vesting pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement but before the Company makes the payment described in subsection (a), above, such payment shall be made to the Participant’s Beneficiary according to the same schedule as described above.

 

6.                                       Termination of Employment.

 

[Except as provided in Section [3(b) or (c)] above], if the Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, all then-Unvested Performance Units shall be canceled immediately and shall not be payable to the Participant.]

 

7.                                       Withholding.

 

The Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company has the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the Participant or his Beneficiary, including but not limited to upon settlement of the Performance Units, any applicable withholding obligations or withholding taxes (“Withholding Taxes”) as set forth by Internal Revenue Service guidelines for any employer’s minimum statutory withholding with respect to the grant to the Participant of the Performance Units or payment to the Participant or his Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement, and to require that the Company be paid the amount of any Withholding Taxes.  In its sole and absolute discretion, the Company may satisfy the required Withholding Taxes by withholding from the Shares otherwise issuable pursuant to settlement of the Performance Units awarded hereunder that number of whole Shares necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes with respect to such Shares based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the last day of the Performance Period.

 

8.                                       Amendment.

 

The Committee may in its sole discretion amend, modify or terminate this Agreement, including, but not limited to, an action substituting another Award of the same or a different type or changing the Performance Period, except to the extent such amendment would increase the amount of compensation that would otherwise be due upon attainment of the goal, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(A); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in the Plan or in this Agreement or to the extent necessary to conform this Agreement to mandatory provisions of applicable federal or state laws, regulations or rulings,

 

3



 

including but not limited to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code necessary to avoid tax penalties to the Participant, the Committee shall obtain the Participant’s consent before it amends this Agreement in a manner that materially adversely affects the Participant’s rights or benefits under this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8 or in the Plan, this Agreement may not be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Determinations by the Committee.

 

Determinations by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive with respect to the interpretation of the Plan and this Agreement.

 

10.                                Provisions of the Plan; Company Policies.

 

This grant is subject to the provisions of the Plan, which is incorporated into this Agreement by reference and a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this Agreement (or which previously has been furnished to the Participant).  This Agreement, read together with the Plan, represents the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Participant, and shall supersede any prior agreement and understanding between the parties with respect to the matters contained herein. This Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, executors, administrators and successors of the parties.  This Agreement, and any payment in Shares or cash paid in settlement of the Performance Units, shall be subject to any policy of the Company regarding the recoupment or clawback of compensation as in effect at the date of this Agreement.

 

11.                                Holding Period

 

[To the extent that any Shares are awarded hereunder, Participant agrees to hold such Shares and not dispose of them by sale or other voluntary disposition for a period of three (3) years from the date of vesting, unless such holding period is waived by the Committee in its sole discretion.  This Agreement shall not apply to any Shares that are withheld to satisfy income tax obligations of Participant hereunder.]

 

12.                                Notices and Payments.

 

Any notice required or permitted to be given to the Participant or his Beneficiary under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States mail with postage and fees prepaid.  Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given to the Company under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective only upon receipt by the Secretary of the Company at the Company’s principal office.

 

13.                                Waiver.

 

The waiver by the Company of any provision of this Agreement at any time or for any purpose shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of the same or any other provision of this Agreement at any subsequent time or for any other purpose.

 

4



 

14.                                Section 409A.

 

(a)                                   For the avoidance of doubt, the Performance Units granted under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from or otherwise comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “Code Section 409A”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be either exempt from or in compliance therewith. In no event whatsoever shall the Company be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalty that may be imposed on the Participant by Code Section 409A or damages for failing to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any other payment schedule provided herein to the contrary, if the Participant is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then any payment due under this Agreement that is considered “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code payable on account of a Participant’s “separation from service” shall not be made until the date which is the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Participant, and (B) the date of Participant’s death (the “Delay Period”) to the extent required under Code Section 409A. Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 14(b) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum in accordance with the Agreement.

 

(c)                                   A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of “deferred compensation” (as such term is defined in Code Section 409A) upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Code Section 409A (and, more specifically, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(h)) and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.”

 

15.                                Governing Law.

 

The validity and construction of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rules or principles that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by an officer of the Company, and the Participant has accepted and signed this Agreement, all on the day and year first mentioned above.

 

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Mark E. Shamber

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

 

[To be determined.]

 




Exhibit 10.71

 

 

 

 

 

United Natural Foods

Senior Management Cash

Incentive Plan

 

Effective for FY2012

 

 



 

I.              Administration of Incentive Plan

 

The Senior Management Cash Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) is based on the 2012 fiscal year, July 31, 2011 — July 28, 2012 for United Natural Foods, Inc. (the “Company”).  This Inventive Plan shall be administered pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan; it is the intention of the Company that all awards hereunder to Covered Executives shall qualify for the “performance-based exception” to the deduction limitation imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.  All provisions hereof shall be interpreted accordingly.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2004 Equity Incentive Plan.  All incentive payouts will be calculated and paid by the Company on a date selected by the Company in its sole discretion that is not later than the later of i) the 15th day of the third month following the end of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year; or (ii) March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the bonus is earned; provided that no payment will be made prior to the end of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year. All Incentive Plan payouts are subject to required local, state and federal taxes deductions.

 

The Incentive Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee may delegate to certain associates the authority to manage the day-to-day administrative operations of the Incentive Plan as it may deem advisable.

 

The Compensation Committee reserves the right to amend, modify, or terminate the Incentive Plan at any time in its sole discretion.

 

The Compensation Committee shall have the authority to modify the terms of any award under the Incentive Plan that has been granted, to determine the time when awards under the Incentive Plan will be made, the amount of any payments pursuant to such awards, and the performance period to which they relate, to establish performance objectives in respect of such performance periods and to determine whether such performance objectives were attained.  The Committee is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Incentive Plan, and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Incentive Plan.  The Compensation Committee may correct any defect or omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Incentive Plan in the manner and to the extent the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable.  Any decision of the Compensation Committee in the interpretation and administration of the Incentive Plan, as described herein, shall lie within its sole and absolute discretion and shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties concerned.  Determinations made by the Compensation Committee under the Incentive Plan need not be uniform and may be made selectively among participants in the Incentive Plan, whether or not such participants are similarly situated. Any and all changes will be communicated to those executives participating in the Incentive Plan that are affected by the changes.

 

II.            Incentive Plan Eligibility

 

The Compensation Committee shall determine the executive officers and other members of the Company’s senior management eligible for participation in the Incentive Plan.

 

Participants in the Incentive Plan hired or promoted from July 31, 2011 through July 28, 2012 will be eligible for a prorated payout at the end of the fiscal year if he or she achieves the required performance metrics of his or her individual program.  Such prorated payout shall be made in accordance with the payment provisions of Section I above.  Participants in the Incentive Plan hired or promoted from January 31, 2011 through July 28, 2012 will not be eligible to participate in the Incentive Plan for the 2012 fiscal year.  Additionally, if any participant receives a change in base salary during the performance period, the bonus payout earned by the participant, if any, will be prorated accordingly.

 

All Incentive Plan participants must accept the commitment and responsibility to perform all duties in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Conduct. Any participant who manipulates or attempts to manipulate the

 

2



 

Incentive Plan for personal gain at the expense of customers, other associates, or Company objectives will be subject to appropriate disciplinary actions.

 

Participants must not divulge to any outsider any non-public information regarding this Incentive Plan or any specific performance metrics applicable to the participant.

 

Participation in the Incentive Plan does not constitute a contract or promise of employment between the Company and any participant in the Incentive Plan.  Any promise or representations, oral or written, which are inconsistent with or different from the terms of the Incentive Plan are invalid.

 

III.           Termination Provisions

 

Any participant whose employment is terminated for any reason (e.g., voluntary separation or termination due to misconduct) prior to the end of the 2012 fiscal year will not be eligible for distribution of awards under the Incentive Plan. A participant whose employment is terminated for any reason following the end of the 2012 fiscal year but prior to the payout of awards under the Incentive Plan shall remain entitled to receive the award earned by such participant.  If a participant becomes disabled during the 2012 fiscal year or is granted a leave of absence during that time, a pro rata share of the participant’s award based on the period of actual participation may, in the Compensation Committee’s sole discretion, be paid to the participant after the end of the performance period if it would have become earned and payable had the participant’s employment status not changed.

 

IV.           Performance Measures

 

Participants in the Incentive Plan may receive a cash award upon the attainment of performance goals which may be corporate and/or individual goals. The percentage of any award payable pursuant to the Incentive Plan shall be based on the weights assigned to the applicable performance goal. Each participant’s incentive award is based on a designated percentage of the participant’s base pay and is established by the Compensation Committee.

 

Each participant in the Incentive Plan will be eligible for a bonus payout conditioned on the achievement of performance measures outlined in an Incentive Plan Grid approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

The Compensation Committee shall determine whether and to what extent each performance goal has been met. In determining whether and to what extent a performance goal has been met for participants other than the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, the Compensation Committee shall consider the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and may consider such other matters as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

 

V.            Miscellaneous Provisions

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may reduce any amounts otherwise payable to a participant hereunder in order to satisfy any liabilities owed to the Company or any of its subsidiaries by the participant.

 

In the event of any material change in the business assets, liabilities or prospects of the Company, any division or any subsidiary, the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion and without liability to any person may make such adjustments, if any, as it deems to be equitable as to any affected terms of outstanding awards.

 

The Company is the sponsor and legal obligor under the Incentive Plan and shall make all payments hereunder, other than any payments to be made by any of the subsidiaries (in which case payment shall be made by such subsidiary, as appropriate). The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to ensure the payment of any amounts under the Incentive Plan, and the participant’s rights to the payment hereunder shall be not greater than the rights of the Company’s (or subsidiary’s) unsecured creditors. All expenses involved in administering the Incentive Plan shall be borne by the Company.

 

3



 

The Incentive Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed in the State of Delaware.

 

Each participant agrees that payouts under this Incentive Plan are subject to the Company’s Recoupment Policy for performance-based incentive compensation and also further agrees to return to the Company, if the Company shall so request, all or a portion of any incentive amounts paid to such participant pursuant to this Incentive Plan based upon financial information or performance metrics later found to be materially inaccurate. The amount to be recovered shall be equal to the excess amount paid out over the amount that would have been paid out had such financial information or performance metric been fairly stated at the time the payout was made.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, may make payments (including pro rata payments) to participants who do not meet the eligibility requirements of the Incentive Plan, including, but not limited to, the length of service requirements described in Section II above if the Plan Committee determines that such payments are in the best interest of the Company.

 

4




Exhibit 10.72

 

EMPLOYMENT SEPARATION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

 

United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and John Stern (“Mr. Stern”) hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                        The Company and Mr. Stern hereby agree that, Mr. Stern’s service with the Company as (i) an employee and officer of the Company and (ii) an employee, officer or director of any subsidiaries of the Company, shall terminate effective September 30, 2011 (the “Separation Date”).

 

2.                                        On the later of the Separation Date or the expiration of the Revocation Period (as hereinafter defined), the Company will pay Mr. Stern for any unused vacation time (as reflected in the Company’s records) earned by him through the Separation Date. Beginning with the later of the Separation Date or the expiration of the Revocation Period (as hereinafter defined):

 

a. The Company shall continue Mr. Stern’s base salary and medical benefits as in effect as of the Separation Date for a period of eleven (11) months from the Separation Date, subject to applicable withholdings and deductions; provided, however that the Company shall make no base salary payments under this Section 2(a) until six months and one day after the Separation Date, at which point the Company shall pay Mr. Stern 6 months of all accrued and unpaid base salary payments (less applicable withholdings and deductions) .  The remaining 5 months of all accrued and unpaid base salary payments will be paid in equal bi-weekly payments (less applicable withholdings and deductions), to end on August 30, 2012 or when the entire remaining 5 months of all accrued and unpaid base salary payments (less applicable withholdings and deductions) is fully paid, whichever comes first.

 

b. After the expiration of the above-referenced 11 month period, the Company shall respect Mr. Stern’s rights (and his dependents’ rights), if any, to continued medical coverage at his own expense under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“ COBRA”) and will provide Mr. Stern with notice of his COBRA continuation rights to the extent required by law.

 

3.                                        a. As of the Separation Date, Mr. Stern shall no longer be eligible to receive disability benefits, Company paid life insurance or to participate in the Company’s 401(k) Plan or any other benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.  The Company will promptly notify Mr. Stern in writing concerning his options with regard to his 401(k) account.

 

b. Mr. Stern may at any time exercise his rights under the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) to effect the distribution and sale, if he so elects, of shares of the Company’s Common Stock allocated to him, in accordance with the provisions of the ESOP.

 

4.                                        a.  In consideration of the foregoing, which Mr. Stern acknowledges includes compensation, benefits and other rights to which he is not otherwise entitled, Mr. Stern hereby knowingly and voluntarily releases and forever discharges the Company, its present and former directors, officers, employees, agents, subsidiaries, affiliates and shareholders, and its and their successors and assigns (collectively, the “Released Parties”), from any and all liabilities, causes of action, debts, claims and demands (including without limitation claims and demands for monetary payment) both in law and in equity, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, which he may have or claim to have against the Released Parties, as of the expiration of all Company obligations under this Employee Separation Agreement and Release, including any liabilities, causes of action, debts, claims or demands based upon or in any way related to: (i) his employment (as an officer, director or employee) by or with the Company and any subsidiary thereof, (ii) any rights

 



 

or entitlements related thereto or (iii) termination of such employment by the Company, and hereby covenants not to file a lawsuit or charge to assert such claims.  This includes but is not limited to claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 1981, all claims of discrimination based on age, as provided under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended, or the Older Workers’-Benefit-Protection Act, all claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), all claims under the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA), all claims of employment discrimination under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), as well as claims under any other applicable federal, state or local laws concerning Mr. Stern’s employment.

 

b. Mr. Stern understands that various State and Federal laws prohibit employment discrimination based on age, sex, race, color, national origin, religion, handicap or veteran status.  These laws are enforced through the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC), Department of Labor and State Human Rights Agencies.  Mr. Stern acknowledges that he has been advised by the Company to discuss this Agreement with his attorney and has been encouraged to take this Agreement home for up to twenty-one (21) days so that he can thoroughly review it and understand the effect of this Agreement before acting on it.

 

5.                                        a. Mr. Stern acknowledges and agrees that all payments and benefits payable to him under this Agreement (other than earned wages and payment for accrued and unpaid vacation) are contingent upon: (i) his continued compliance with the provisions of this Agreement and (ii) his agreement to make himself available, upon reasonable notice, for any third party claims, investigations, litigation or similar proceedings to answer any questions relating to his employment or actions as an employee, officer or director of the Company, including without limitation attendance at any deposition or similar proceeding, provided however that the Company will reimburse Mr. Stern for all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred, including but not limited to travel, lodging, meals, legal representation (with prior approval), and loss of pay, to the extent all such requests for reimbursement are accompanied by payment receipts or other verifiable documentation.

 

b. Mr. Stern further acknowledges and agrees that the availability of such payments and benefits provided by this Agreement is sufficient consideration for the release set forth in paragraph 4(a) and the amendment to his non-competition and non-solicitation obligations set forth below in paragraph 5(c) and termination of such payments and benefits due to his non-compliance with the terms of this Agreement shall not affect the release set forth in Paragraph 4(a).

 

c. Mr. Stern further agrees that for a period from the date hereof until the date that is eleven months following the Separation Date, he shall not, whether directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with another party, as an owner, shareholder, officer, employee, manager, consultant, independent contractor, or otherwise:  (i) interfere with or harm, or attempt to interfere with or harm, the relationship of the Company or its affiliates with any person who is an employee, customer, vendor, product or services supplier, independent contractor, or business agent or partner of the Company or any of its affiliates; (ii) contact any employee of the Company or its affiliates for the purpose of discussing or suggesting that such employee resign from employment with the Company or its affiliates for the purpose of becoming employed elsewhere or provide information about individual employees of the Company or its affiliates or personnel policies or procedures of the Company or its affiliates to any person or entity, including any individual, agency or company engaged in the business of recruiting employees, executives or officers; (iii) recruit or hire, or attempt to recruit or hire, any person who is an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, or was an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates within the prior

 

2



 

six months; (iv) disclose to or release any Company Trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information or data to any unauthorized person or entity; or (v) own, manage, advise, operate, join, control, be employed by, consult with or participate in the ownership, management, advisement, operation or control of, or be connected with as a stockholder, partner, officer, manager, employee, or consultant, any Competing or Related Business; provided, however, that “beneficial ownership,” either individually or as a member of a “group” as such terms are used in Rule 13d of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, of not more than two percent (2%) of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation, shall not be a violation of this Agreement.  For purposes of the foregoing, the term “Competing and Related Business” shall mean any business, individual, company, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity that (A) engages in any business engaged in by the Company on the Separation Date, or any date during the term of Mr. Stern’s employment with the Company; or (B) is a customer of the Company or any of its affiliates on the Separation Date as well as the twelve (12) months preceding Separation Date, including, but not limited to, the following entities and their affiliates: Kehe Food Distributors, Inc., Royal Wessanen NV, Perkins, Inc., Nature’s Best Food Co., Ltd., Steiner Foods, Inc., DPI Specialty Foods Inc., Haddon House Food Products, Inc., Davidson Food Equipment and Supplies Ltd., Whole Foods Market, Inc., National Cooperative Grocers Association, Ahold and Wegmans Food Market, Inc. Mr. Stern shall be allowed to contact employees of the Company and to refer recruiters working on his behalf to employees of the Company, for the purpose of obtaining employment.

 

6.                                        Mr. Stern shall at no time make any derogatory or disparaging comments regarding the Company, its business, or its present or past directors, officers or employees.  The Company shall at no time make any derogatory or disparaging comments regarding Mr. Stern.  Mr. Stern hereby waives any and all rights to future employment with the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be permitted to (a) reasonably defend itself against any public statement or communication made by Mr. Stern that disparages the Company, but only if statements made in such defense are not false statements and (b) provide truthful testimony in any legal proceeding or process. Mr. Stern shall also be permitted to reasonably defend himself against any public statement or communication made by the Company that disparages him, but only if statements made in such defense are not false statements. Nothing in the Agreement shall prohibit or restrict Mr. Stern from (a) making any disclosure of information required by law, or (b) providing information to, or testifying or otherwise assisting in any investigation or proceeding brought by any federal or state regulatory or law enforcement agency or legislative body.

 

7.                                        The execution of this Agreement shall not be construed as an admission of a violation of any statute or law or breach of any duty or obligation by either the Company or Mr. Stern.

 

8.                                        No party to this Agreement shall cause, discuss, cooperate or otherwise aid in the preparation of any press release or other publicity other than filings required by the securities laws, concerning any other party to this Agreement or the Agreement’s operation without prior approval of such other party, unless required by law, in which case notice of such requirement shall be given to the other party.

 

9.                                        The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid and unenforceable provisions were omitted.

 

10.                                  This Agreement is personal to Mr. Stern and may not be assigned by him.  However, in the event of Mr. Stern’s death, all the rights of Mr. Stern set forth in this Agreement shall accrue to his spouse, if she is living; otherwise, to his heirs.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and

 

3



 

be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Company.

 

11.                                  This Agreement is made pursuant to and shall be governed by the laws of the State of Rhode Island, without regard to its rules regarding conflict of laws.  The parties agree that the courts of the State of Rhode Island, and the Federal Courts located therein, shall have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising from this Agreement.  Mr. Stern and the Company hereby agree that service of process by certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed appropriate service of process.

 

12.                                  Except as otherwise expressly indicated, this Agreement contains the entire understanding between Mr. Stern and the Company, supersedes all prior agreements, oral or written, regarding the subject matter hereof, and may not be changed orally but only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of any waiver, change, modification, extension or discharge is sought.  Mr. Stern acknowledges that he has not relied upon any representation or statement, written or oral, not set forth in this Agreement.

 

13.                                  Mr. Stern may revoke this Agreement at any time during the seven-day period following the date of his signature below (the “Revocation Period”) by delivering written notice of his revocation to the Company’s attention at 313 Iron Horse Way, Providence, Rhode Island 02908; Attention: Tom Dziki.  This Agreement shall become effective upon the expiration of the Revocation Period.  In the event that Mr. Stern revokes this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Revocation Period, he shall not be entitled to any of the benefits provided in this Agreement, including but not limited to, payment of the amounts set forth in Section 2(b).

 

[signature lines appear on the next page]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth below.

 

 

United Natural Foods, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Dziki

 

Witness:

/s/ Lynn Kassab

 

Tom Dziki

 

Print Name:

Lynn Kassab

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

09/22/2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Stern

 

Witness:

/s/ Kristie A. Stern

 

John Stern

 

Print Name:

Kristie A. Stern

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

09/20/2011

 

 

 

5




Exhibit 10.73

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Amended and Restated

Effective January 1, 2011

 



 

Table of Contents

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

1

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

6

 

 

 

2.1

Selection by Committee

6

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation

6

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility

6

 

 

ARTICLE 3

Contributions

7

 

 

 

3.1

Annual Deferral Amount

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

Initial Year of Participation

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form

7

 

 

 

 

 

3.4

Crediting of Annual Deferral Amounts

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.5

Company Contribution Amount

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.6

Company Restoration Matching Amount

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

Vesting

9

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

Deemed Investments

10

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

Valuation and Payment of Share Unit Awards

11

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

FICA and Other Taxes

12

 

 

ARTICLE 4

Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

12

 

 

 

4.1

Scheduled Distribution

12

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Postponing Scheduled Distributions

12

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions

13

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

13

 

 

ARTICLE 5

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

14

 

i



 

 

5.1

Retirement Benefit

14

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Payment of Retirement Benefit

14

 

 

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION BENEFIT

15

 

 

 

6.1

Termination Benefit

15

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

Payment of Termination Benefit

15

 

 

ARTICLE 7

DISABILITY BENEFIT

16

 

 

 

7.1

Disability Benefit

16

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

Payment of Disability Benefit

16

 

 

ARTICLE 8

DEATH BENEFIT

16

 

 

 

8.1

Death Benefit

16

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

Payment of Death Benefit

16

 

 

ARTICLE 9

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

16

 

 

 

9.1

Beneficiary

16

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent

16

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

Acknowledgment

16

 

 

 

 

 

9.4

No Beneficiary Designation

17

 

 

 

 

 

9.5

Doubt as to Beneficiary

17

 

 

 

 

 

9.6

Discharge of Obligations

17

 

 

ARTICLE 10

TERMINATION OF PLAN, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

17

 

 

 

10.1

Termination of Plan

17

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

Termination of Participation in the Plan by an Employer

17

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

Amendment

17

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

Effect of Payment

18

 

 

ARTICLE 11

ADMINISTRATION

18

 

 

 

11.1

Committee Duties

18

 

ii



 

 

11.2

Administration Upon Change In Control

18

 

 

 

 

 

11.3

Agents

19

 

 

 

 

 

11.4

Interpretations and Binding Effect of Decisions

19

 

 

 

 

 

11.5

Indemnity of Committee

20

 

 

 

 

 

11.6

Employer Information

20

 

 

 

 

 

11.7

Timing of Benefit Payments

20

 

 

ARTICLE 12

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

20

 

 

 

12.1

Coordination with Other Benefits

20

 

 

ARTICLE 13

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

20

 

 

 

13.1

Presentation of Claim

20

 

 

 

 

 

13.2

Notification of Decision

20

 

 

 

 

 

13.3

Review of a Denied Claim

21

 

 

 

 

 

13.4

Decision on Review

21

 

 

 

 

 

13.5

Legal Action

22

 

 

 

 

 

13.6

Disability Claims

22

 

 

 

 

 

13.7

Statute of Limitations

22

 

 

ARTICLE 14

TRUST

23

 

 

 

14.1

Establishment of the Trust

23

 

 

 

 

 

14.2

Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust

23

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

Distributions From the Trust

23

 

 

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

23

 

 

 

15.1

Status of Plan

23

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

Unsecured General Creditor

23

 

 

 

 

 

15.3

Expenses

23

 

 

 

 

 

15.4

Employer’s Liability

23

 

iii



 

 

15.5

Nonassignability

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.6

Not a Contract of Employment

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.7

Furnishing Information

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.8

Terms

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.9

Captions

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.10

Governing Law

24

 

 

 

 

 

15.11

Notice

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.12

Successors

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.13

Validity

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.14

Incompetent

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.15

Court Order

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.16

Delay of Benefit Payments Due to Deduction Limitation or Federal Securities Law

25

 

 

 

 

 

15.17

Insurance

26

 

 

 

 

 

15.18

Section 409A

26

 

iv



 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2011

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to Directors and a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan.  This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

 

The Plan document was amended and restated, generally effective January 1, 2009, to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  Prior to January 1, 2009, the Plan was administered in accordance with a reasonable good faith interpretation of Section 409A of the Code.

 

The Plan document is hereby amended and restated effective January 1, 2011, as set forth below, to modify the eligibility provisions, clarify the minimum and maximum deferral amounts and modify certain of the election and distribution provisions.

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Definitions

 

For the purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1           “Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, an entry on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (i) the Deferral Account balance, (ii) the Company Contribution Account balance and (iii) the Company Restoration Matching Account balance. The Account Balance shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

 

1.2           “Annual Installment Method” shall be a series of annual installment payments over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with this Plan, calculated as follows:  (i) for the first annual installment, the Participant’s vested Account Balance shall be calculated as of the close of business on or around the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and (ii) for remaining annual installments, the Participant’s vested Account Balance shall be calculated on every anniversary of such calculation date, as applicable.  Each annual installment shall be calculated by multiplying this balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of annual payments due the Participant.  A series of installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a single payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 



 

1.3           “Base Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, excluding distributions from nonqualified deferred compensation plans, bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, director fees and other fees, and automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income).  Base Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or nonqualified plans of an Employer and shall be calculated to include amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by an Employer; provided, however, that all such amounts will be included in compensation only to the extent that had there been no such plan, the amount would have been payable in cash to the Employee.

 

1.4           “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 9, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

1.5           “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 

1.6           “Benefit Distribution Date” shall mean the date that triggers distribution of a Participant’s vested Account Balance.  A Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date shall be determined upon the occurrence of any one of the following:

 

(a)            If the Participant Retires, his Benefit Distribution Date shall be (A) the last day of the six month period immediately following the date on which he Retires, if he is a Specified Employee, and (B) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant Retires; provided, however, in the event that the Participant changes his Retirement Benefit election in accordance with Section 5.2(a), his Benefit Distribution Date shall be the date determined pursuant to Section 5.2(a); or

 

(b)            If the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment, his Benefit Distribution Date shall be (A) the last day of the six month period immediately following the date on which he experiences a Termination of Employment if he is a Specified Employee, and (B) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment; provided, however, in the event that the Participant changes his Termination Benefit election in accordance with Section 6.2(c), his Benefit Distribution Date shall be the date determined pursuant to Section 6.2(c); or

 

(c)            The date of the Participant’s death, if the Participant dies prior to the complete distribution of his vested Account Balance; or

 

(d)            The date on which the Participant becomes Disabled.

 

1.7           “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

2



 

1.8           “Bonus” shall mean compensation, other than Base Salary, LTIP Amounts and Share Unit Awards, that is earned by a Participant for services rendered during a Plan Year under an Employer’s bonus or cash incentive plans and that is permitted by the Committee to be deferred under the Plan.

 

1.9           “Claimant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

1.10         “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. References to a Section of the Code shall include final regulations interpreting that Section.

 

1.11         “Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 11.

 

1.12         “Company” shall mean United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

 

1.13         “Company Contribution Account” shall mean (i) the sum of the Participant’s Company Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) other amounts credited or debited to the Participant’s Company Contribution Account in accordance with this Plan, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan from the Participant’s Company Contribution Account.

 

1.14         “Company Contribution Amount” shall mean, for a Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.5.

 

1.15         “Company Restoration Matching Account” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amounts, plus (ii) other amounts credited or debited to the Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Account in accordance with this Plan, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan from the Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Account.

 

1.16         “Company Restoration Matching Amount” shall mean, for a Plan Year, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.6.

 

1.17         “Compensation” shall mean Base Salary, Bonuses, Directors Fees, LTIP Amounts and Share Unit Awards, as applicable.

 

1.18         “Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 8.

 

1.19         “Deferral Account” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) other amounts credited or debited to the Participant’s Deferral Account in accordance with this Plan, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan from his Deferral Account.

 

1.20         “Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Salary, Bonus, Director Fees, LTIP Amounts and Share Unit Awards for a Plan Year (or such other period as permitted by a Non-Plan Year Election) that a Participant defers in accordance with Article 3.

 

3



 

1.21         “Director” shall mean a member of the board of directors of the Employer.

 

1.22         “Director Fees” shall mean the annual fees earned by a Director from an Employer, including retainer fees and meetings fees, as compensation for serving on the board of directors.

 

1.23         “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean a “disability” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i) where a Participant is (i) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Employer.

 

1.24         “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 7.

 

1.25         “Election Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.

 

1.26         “Employee” shall mean a person who is an employee of an Employer.

 

1.27         “Employer(s)” shall mean the Company and any entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code Section 414(b), (c), or (m).

 

1.28         “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

1.29         “401(k) Plan” shall mean, with respect to an Employer, a plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) that contains a cash or deferral arrangement described in Code Section 401(k), adopted by the Employer, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor thereto.

 

1.30         “LTIP Amounts” shall mean the compensation that is earned by a Participant as an Employee under an Employer’s long-term incentive plan or any other long-term incentive arrangement and that is permitted by the Committee to be deferred under the Plan.

 

1.31         “Non-Plan Year Election” shall mean an election made pursuant to Section 3.3(c), 3.3(d) or 3.3(e).

 

1.32         “Participant” shall mean an Employee or Director who has commenced participation in the Plan in accordance with Article 2 and whose Account Balance, if any, has not been distributed in its entirety.

 

1.33         “Plan” shall mean the United Natural Foods Deferred Compensation Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument as amended from time to time.

 

4



 

1.34         “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year.

 

1.35         “Retirement” shall mean, with respect to an Employee, separation from service, as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(1), with all Employers for any reason other than death or Disability, on or after the attainment of age 55.  “Retirement” shall mean, with respect to a Director who is not an Employee, a complete and good-faith cessation of the Director’s service on the Board, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(2).  If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, Retirement shall not occur until the Participant has a separation from service, as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h), as both an Employee and a Director.

 

1.36         “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.

 

1.37         “Scheduled Distribution” shall mean the distribution set forth in Section 4.1.

 

1.38         “Specified Employee” shall mean an officer (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder) of an Employer; a Director; and any other Participant whom the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i).

 

1.39         “Share Unit Award” shall mean a restricted stock unit award or performance stock unit award granted under the United Natural Foods, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan, or any restricted stock unit award or performance share unit award granted under a substantially similar plan established by an Employer which the Committee determines may be deferred under this Plan.

 

1.40         “Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.

 

1.41         “Termination of Employment” shall mean separation from service within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(1)(i) with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, or death.  If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, Termination of Employment shall not occur until the Participant has a separation from service, as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h),  as both an Employee and a Director.

 

1.42         “Trust” shall mean one or more trusts established by the Company in accordance with Article 14.

 

1.43         “Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” shall mean an unanticipated emergency within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(3) that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent of the Participant, (ii) a loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or (iii) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

5


 

ARTICLE 2

 

Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

 

2.1                                Selection by Committee .  Participation in the Plan shall be limited to the Directors of the Company and to the following Employees of the Company (or any successor position thereto):  Chief Executive Officer, Chief Compliance Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Information Officer, Chief Human Resources Officer, President, Division Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, and Directors; provided, however, that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may designate additional Directors and management or highly compensated Employees as eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

2.2                                Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation.

 

(a)                                   A Director or Employee who is designated as eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1 may commence participation in the Plan by making an irrevocable deferral election for the Plan Year in which he is first eligible to participate in the Plan, or for any succeeding Plan Year in which he is eligible to participate.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.3(c) or (d):  (i) a Director or Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year shall complete, execute and return to the Committee an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form (and such other forms and agreements as the Committee may require) prior to the first day of such Plan Year if he wishes to participate for such Plan Year; and (ii) a Director or Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the first day of a Plan Year, and who has not previously been eligible to participate in the Plan or in any other deferred compensation plan maintained by an Employer which is required to be aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i), may instead complete these requirements within 30 days after he first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, or within such shorter deadline as may be established by the Committee in its sole discretion, if he wishes to participate for that Plan Year.  In the case of Directors and Employees described in (a)(ii) immediately above, such Director or Employee shall not be permitted to defer any portion of his Compensation with respect to services performed prior to his participation commencement date.

 

(b)                                  Each Employee or Director who is eligible to participate in the Plan may not commence participation in the Plan unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that the Employee or Director has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period.

 

2.3                                Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility.   The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate a Participant’s participation in the Plan for any reason, so long as such termination occurs in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A.  In the event that a Participant is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan, the Participant’s

 

6



 

Account Balance shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until it is paid in its entirety in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Contributions

 

3.1                                Deferral Amount.  For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his Deferral Amount, each of his Base Salary, Bonus, LTIP Amounts, Share Unit Awards, and/or Director Fees in the following minimum and maximum percentages or the following minimum and maximum dollar amounts. A Participant’s Deferral Amount (other than for RSUs) can be made only as a whole percentage or a whole dollar amount.

 

(a)                                   Minimum Deferral Amount.   The minimum Deferral Amount for each of Base Salary, Bonus, LTIP Amounts, Share Unit Awards, and/or Director Fees is zero percent and zero dollars.

 

(b)                                  Maximum Deferral Amount. The maximum Deferral Amount for each of Base Salary, Bonus, LTIP Amounts, Share Unit Awards and/or Director Fees is the following maximum percentage or maximum dollar amount, whichever is less:

 

Deferral

 

Maximum Dollar Amount

 

Maximum Percentage

 

Base Salary

 

$

500,000

 

90

%

Bonus

 

$

500,000

 

100

%

LTIP Amounts

 

$

500,000

 

100

%

Share Unit Awards

 

Not applicable

 

100

%

Director Fees

 

$

500,000

 

100

%

 

3.2                                Initial Year of Participation.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 3.1(a), if a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the minimum dollar amount for such Participant shall be an amount equal to the minimum dollar amount set forth above, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete months remaining in the Plan Year and the denominator of which is 12.

 

3.3                                Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form.

 

(a)                                   Initial Eligibility.   An eligible Employee or Director may commence participation in the Plan in accordance with Section 2.2 or in accordance with Sections 3.3(c), (d) or (e), as applicable. If no such Election Form is timely delivered for a Plan Year, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a zero Deferral Amount for the Plan Year.

 

(b)                                  Subsequent Plan Years .  For each Plan Year after a Participant’s first year of Plan participation, a Participant may make an irrevocable deferral election for that Plan Year with respect to Compensation for services performed in that Plan Year

 

7



 

in accordance with this Section 3.3(b), or Sections 3.3(c), (d) or (e), as applicable.  A Participant may make an election pursuant to this Section 3.3(b) by timely delivering a new Election Form (and such other forms and agreements as the Committee may require ) to the Committee, in accordance with its rules and procedures, before the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which the election is made.  If no Election Form is timely delivered for a Plan Year in accordance with this Section 3.3(b) or Sections 3.3(c), (d) or (e), as applicable, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected a zero Deferral Amount for that Plan Year.  A Participant shall be deemed to make a timely election under this Section 3.3(b):  (i) with respect to Bonus amounts, only if he delivers his Election Form, if any, with respect to such amounts before the beginning of the Plan Year in which the bonus period for the Bonus begins; (ii) with respect to Share Unit Awards, only if he delivers his Election Form, if any, with respect to such awards before the beginning of the Plan Year for which the award is granted; and (iii) with respect to LTIP amounts, only if he delivers his Election Form, if any, with respect to such amounts before the beginning of the Plan Year in which measurement period for the LTIP begins.

 

(c)                                   Performance-Based Compensation.   If the Committee determines that amounts payable to a Participant are Performance-Based Compensation, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(e), for a Plan Year and permits a later deferral election pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.409A 2(a)(8), the Participant may submit a later deferral election for such Performance-Based Compensation as permitted by the Committee.  In general, Performance-Based Compensation includes compensation, the amount or entitlement to which is contingent on the satisfaction of preestablished organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least 12 consecutive months and does not include any amount or portion of any amount that is (1) payable regardless of performance or (2) based upon criteria that are substantially certain to be met at the time the criteria are established.

 

(d)                                  Fiscal Year Compensation.   If the Committee determines that amounts payable to a Participant are Fiscal Year Compensation, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. 1.409A-2(a)(6), for a given Plan Year and permits a later deferral election pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(6), the Participant may submit a later deferral election for such Fiscal Year Compensation as permitted by the Committee. In general, “Fiscal Year Compensation” means amounts payable to the Participant relating to a period of service coextensive with one or more fiscal years of the Company, of which no amount is paid or payable during such period.

 

(e)                                   Certain Forfeitable Rights .  The Committee may permit a Participant to make a deferral election for Share Unit Awards pursuant to Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(a)(5), relating to deferral elections with respect to certain forfeitable rights.  Such Participant shall make an election pursuant to this Section 3.3(e) within 30 days after such awards are granted, but in no event later than 12 months in advance of the earliest date that the portion of such awards subject to the deferral election will vest.

 

8



 

3.4                                Crediting of Deferral Amounts.   Deferral Amounts other than amounts attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account at the time such amounts would otherwise have been paid to the Participant.  Deferral Amounts attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards shall be credited to a Participant’s Deferral Account at the time such awards vest under the terms of the applicable award agreement, except as otherwise determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

3.5                                Company Contribution Amount.

 

(a)                                   For each Plan Year, an Employer may be required to credit amounts to a Participant’s Company Contribution Account in accordance with employment or other agreements entered into between the Participant and the Employer.  Such amounts shall be credited on the date or dates prescribed by such agreements.

 

(b)                                  For each Plan Year, an Employer, in its sole discretion, may also credit any amount it desires to any Participant’s Company Contribution Account under this Plan.  The amount so credited to a Participant (i) may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and (ii) may differ from the amount credited to such Participant in the preceding Plan Year. The Company Contribution Amount described in this Section 3.5(b), if any, shall be credited on a date or dates to be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

3.6                                Company Restoration Matching Amount.   A Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount for any Plan Year shall be an amount determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to make up for certain limits applicable to the 401(k) Plan or other qualified plan for such Plan Year, as identified by the Committee, or for such other purposes as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The amount so credited to a Participant under this Plan for any Plan Year (i) may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and (ii) may differ from the amount credited to such Participant in the preceding Plan Year. The Participant’s Company Restoration Matching Amount, if any, shall be credited on a date or dates to be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

3.7                                Vesting.

 

(a)                                   A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his Deferral Account, provided that if a Participant’s Share Unit Awards are credited to his Deferral Account prior to become 100% vested under the terms of the applicable award agreement, the portion of his Deferral Account attributable to such awards shall not be vested until they become vested under the terms of the applicable award agreement.

 

(b)                                  A Participant shall be vested in his Company Contribution Account in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in his employment agreement or any other agreement entered into between the Participant and his Employer.

 

(c)                                   A Participant shall be vested in his Company Restoration Matching Account only to the extent that the Participant would be vested in such amounts under the

 

9



 

provisions of the 401(k) Plan, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.7, in the event of a Change in Control, or upon a Participant’s death while employed by an Employer, or Disability, a Participant’s Company Contribution Account and Company Restoration Matching Account shall immediately become 100% vested (if it is not already vested in accordance with the above vesting schedules). For purposes of this Section 3.7(d), Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding subsection 3.7(d) above, the vesting schedule for a Participant’s Company Contribution Account and Company Restoration Matching Account shall not be accelerated upon a Change in Control to the extent that the Committee determines that such acceleration would cause the deduction limitations of Code Section 280G to become effective.  In the event that all of a Participant’s Company Contribution Account and/or Company Restoration Matching Account is not vested pursuant to such a determination, the Participant may request independent verification of the Committee’s calculations with respect to the application of Code Section 280G.  In such case, the Committee must provide to the Participant within 90 days of such a request an opinion from a nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Participant (the “Accounting Firm”).  The opinion shall state the Accounting Firm’s opinion that any limitation in the vested percentage hereunder is necessary to avoid the limits of Code Section 280G and contain supporting calculations.  The cost of such opinion shall be paid for by the Company.  This Section 3.7(e) shall not, however, prevent the acceleration of the vesting schedule applicable to a Participant’s Company Contribution Account and/or Company Restoration Matching Account if such Participant is entitled to a “gross-up” payment, to eliminate the effect of the Code Section 4999 excise tax, pursuant to his employment agreement or other agreement entered into between such Participant and the Employer.

 

3.8                                Deemed Investments.   In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance, other than the portion of such balance attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards, in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)                                   Measurement Funds.   The Participant may elect one or more of the measurement funds selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion, which are based on certain mutual funds (the “Measurement Funds”), for the purpose of crediting or debiting additional amounts to his Account Balance.  As necessary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund.

 

(b)                                  Election of Measurement Funds.   A Participant, in connection with his initial deferral election in accordance with Section 3.3(a) above, shall elect, on the

 

10



 

Election Form, one or more Measurement Fund(s) (as described in Section 3.9(a) above) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his Account Balance.  If a Participant does not elect any of the Measurement Funds as described in the previous sentence, the Participant’s Account Balance shall automatically be allocated into the lowest-risk Measurement Fund, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.  The Participant may elect, by submitting an Election Form to the Committee that is accepted by the Committee, to add or delete one or more Measurement Fund(s) to be used to determine the amounts to be credited or debited to his Account Balance, or to change the portion of his Account Balance allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Fund.  If an election is made in accordance with the previous sentence, it shall apply as of the first business day deemed reasonably practicable by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

(c)                                   Proportionate Allocation.  In making an election described in Section 3.8(b) above, the Participant shall specify on the Election Form, in increments of one percent, the percentage of his Account Balance or Measurement Fund, as applicable, to be allocated or reallocated.

 

(d)                                  Crediting or Debiting Method.   The amounts credited to or debited from a Participant’s Account Balance will be determined on a daily basis based on the manner in which such Participant’s Account Balance has been hypothetically allocated among the Measurement Funds.

 

(e)                                   No Actual Investment.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of a Measurement Fund, the allocation of his Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed as an actual investment of his Account Balance in any such Measurement Fund.  In the event that the Company or the trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust), in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the investments on which the Measurement Funds are based, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Company may at any time, in its sole discretion, elect to apply a specific rate of interest (determined by the Company) to the Account Balances of Participants in lieu of crediting or debiting Account Balances in accordance with the performance of the Measurement Funds.  Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his behalf by the Company or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

3.9                                Valuation and Payment of Share Unit Awards.

 

(a)                                   Valuation.   With respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards, the value of such portion shall be

 

11



 

equal to the fair market value of the stock with respect to which Share Unit Awards were granted.  For this purpose, fair market value shall be determined pursuant to the terms of the plan and award agreement under which the Share Unit Awards were granted; except that such determination shall be modified to the extent required by Code Section 409A.  A Participant whose Share Unit Awards are deferred under this Plan shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such Share Unit Awards during the deferral period (including but not limited to rights to receive dividends and voting rights).

 

(b)                                  Payment.   The portion of a Participant’s Account Balance attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards shall be paid in shares.

 

3.10                         FICA and Other Taxes.

 

The Committee may make any appropriate arrangements to deduct from all amounts deferred or paid under the Plan, or to collect, any taxes reasonably determined to be required to be withheld under applicable laws.  Irrespective of whether withholding is required, the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall bear all taxes on amounts deferred or paid under the Plan, on any imputed income resulting from the operation of the Plan, and on any other payments or compensation from the Company or an Employer.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Scheduled Distribution; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

 

4.1                                Scheduled Distribution.   In connection with each election to defer Deferral Amounts other than deferrals of Share Unit Awards and Non-Plan Year Elections, a Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a Scheduled Distribution from the Plan with respect to such Deferral Amount.  The Scheduled Distribution shall be a lump-sum payment in an amount that is equal to such Deferral Amount, plus amounts credited or debited in the manner provided in Section 3.8 above on that Deferral Amount.  Subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Scheduled Distribution elected shall be paid out during a 60-day period commencing immediately after the first day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant.  The Plan Year designated by the Participant must be at least three Plan Years after the end of the Plan Year to which the Participant’s deferral election described in Section 3.3 relates, however.  By way of example, if a Scheduled Distribution is elected for Deferral Amounts that are earned in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2005, the Scheduled Distribution would become payable no earlier than during the 60-day period commencing January 1, 2009. A Participant may irrevocably elect to receive a Scheduled Distribution from the Plan with respect to his Deferral Amount attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards and to Non-Plan Year Elections to the extent permitted by the Committee.

 

4.2                                Postponing Scheduled Distributions.   A Participant may make a one-time election to postpone a Scheduled Distribution described in Section 4.1 above, and have such amount paid out during a 60-day period commencing immediately after an allowable alternative

 

12



 

distribution date designated by the Participant in accordance with this Section 4.2.  In order to make this one-time election, the Participant must submit a new Scheduled Distribution Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

 

(a)                                   Such Scheduled Distribution Election Form must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee in its sole discretion at least 12 months prior to the Participant’s Previously Designated Scheduled Distribution Date;

 

(b)                                  The new Scheduled Distribution Date selected by the Participant must be the first day of a Plan Year, and must be at least five years after the Previously Designated Scheduled Distribution Date; and

 

(c)                                   The election of the new Scheduled Distribution Date shall have no effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Participant’s “Previously Designated Scheduled Distribution Date” means January 1 of the year in which the Participant’s Scheduled Distribution would have commenced had the Participant not submitted a new Scheduled Distribution Election Form to the Committee.

 

4.3                                Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Scheduled Distributions.   Should a Benefit Distribution Date occur that triggers a benefit under Articles 5, 6, 7 or 8, any Deferral Amount that is subject to a Scheduled Distribution election under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1, but shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable Article.

 

4.4                                Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies.

 

(a)                                   If a Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Committee to cancel his deferrals under the Plan to the extent necessary to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency.  If such cancellation is not sufficient to satisfy the Participant’s Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may further petition the Committee to receive a payment of the amount deemed necessary by the Committee to satisfy the Participant’s Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, plus amounts reasonably necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the payment.  Any such payment shall not exceed the vested balance in the Participant’s Deferral Account (disregarding any amounts attributable to deferrals of Share Unit Awards) and shall be debited against the Participant’s Deferral Account.

 

(b)                                  A payment made under this Section 4.4 shall not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Participant’s Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, plus amounts reasonably necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the payment, and shall not be made to the extent that the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency is or may be relieved (A) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (B) by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship.

 

13



 

(c)                                   Payments under this Section 4.4 shall be made in the form of a lump sum no later than 60 days after the Committee approves the payment.

 

(d)                                  If the Committee cancels a Participant’s deferrals pursuant to Section 4.4(a), any later deferral election will be subject to the provisions of the Plan governing initial deferral elections, as required by Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(viii).

 

ARTICLE 5

 

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

 

5.1                                Retirement Benefit.   A Participant who Retires shall receive his vested Account Balance as a Retirement Benefit.

 

5.2                                Payment of Retirement Benefit.

 

(a)                                   For Deferral Amounts for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2011, a Participant may, in connection with his commencement of participation in the Plan, elect on an Election Form to receive such Deferral Amounts, adjusted as set forth in Sections 3.8 and 3.9, in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of up to 15 years (or in a combination thereof, to the extent permitted by the Committee).  For Deferral Amounts for each Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2011 (and for deferrals elected on or after January 1, 2011 pursuant to a Non-Plan Year Election), a Participant may elect to receive such Deferral Amounts, adjusted as set forth in Sections 3.8 and 3.9, in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of up to 15 years (or in a combination thereof, to the extent permitted by the Committee).  Such election shall be made in the same manner and at the same time as the Participant’s deferral election pursuant to Section 3.3, except as otherwise required by the Committee.  An election pursuant to this Section 5.2(a) to receive one or more Deferral Amounts under the Annual Installment Method shall be given effect only if the Participant Retires, however.

 

If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of a Deferral Amount pursuant to this Section 5.2(a), he shall be deemed to have elected to receive such Deferral Amount, adjusted as set forth in Sections 3.8 and 3.9, in the form of a lump sum.

 

The Participant may change his election with respect to his Deferral Amounts for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2011 one time by submitting an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

 

(i)                                      Such Election Form must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee in its sole discretion at least 12 months prior to the Participant’s originally scheduled Benefit Distribution Date described in Section 1.6(a); and

 

14



 

(ii)                                   The first Retirement Benefit payment must be delayed at least five years from the Participant’s originally scheduled Benefit Distribution Date described in Section 1.6(a); and

 

(iii)                                The election to modify the Retirement Benefit election shall have no effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall interpret all provisions relating to changing the Retirement Benefit election under this Section 5.2 in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b).

 

A Participant may not change his elections with respect to his Deferral Amounts for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011 (or for deferrals elected after January 1, 2011, in the case of Non-Plan Year Elections).

 

(b)                                  The lump-sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.  Remaining installments, if any, shall be paid no later than 60 days after each anniversary of the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

(c)                                   If a Participant serves as both an Employee and a Director and elects the Annual Installment Method, such election shall be given effect only to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

TERMINATION BENEFIT

 

6.1                                Termination Benefit.   A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment shall receive his vested Account Balance as a Termination Benefit.

 

6.2                                Payment of Termination Benefit.

 

(a)                                   A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment shall receive his Termination Benefit in the form of a lump sum.

 

(b)                                  The lump-sum payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 6.2(a) and (b), a Participant who served as a Director may elect to have his Termination Benefit paid in the Annual Installment Method, in accordance with Section 5.2(c) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee in compliance with Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C).

 

15


 

ARTICLE 7

 

DISABILITY BENEFIT

 

7.1                                Disability Benefit.   Upon a Participant’s Disability, the Participant shall receive his vested Account Balance as a Disability Benefit.

 

7.2                                Payment of Disability Benefit.   The Disability Benefit shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

DEATH BENEFIT

 

8.1                                Death Benefit.   Upon the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) shall receive the Participant’s vested Account Balance as a Death Benefit.

 

8.2                                Payment of Death Benefit.   The Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

ARTICLE 9

 

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

9.1                                Beneficiary.   Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant.  The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

 

9.2                                Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent.   A Participant shall designate his Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent.  A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time.  If the Participant names someone other than his spouse as a Beneficiary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Committee, executed by such Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee.  Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his death.

 

9.3                                Acknowledgment.   No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.

 

16



 

9.4                                No Beneficiary Designation.   If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his surviving spouse.  If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

 

9.5                                Doubt as to Beneficiary.   If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Plan to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

9.6                                Discharge of Obligations.   The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant.

 

ARTICLE 10

 

TERMINATION OF PLAN, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

 

10.1                         Termination of Plan.   Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future.  Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason.  Following a termination of the Plan, Participant Account Balances shall remain in the Plan until the Participant becomes eligible for the benefits provided in Articles 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 in accordance with the provisions of those Articles unless the Company changes the time or form of distribution consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix).  The termination of the Plan shall not decrease a Participant’s vested Account Balance in existence as of the date of termination.

 

10.2                         Termination of Participation in the Plan by an Employer.   Each Employer reserves the right to terminate participation in the Plan by its Employees in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A.  In the event of an Employer’s termination of participation in the Plan, Participant Account Balances shall remain in the Plan until the Participant becomes eligible for the benefits provided in Articles 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 in accordance with the provisions of those Articles unless the Company terminates the Plan pursuant to Section 10.1. The termination of the participation in the Plan shall not decrease a Participant’s Account Balance in existence as of the date of termination.

 

10.3                         Amendment.   The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease a Participant’s vested Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made; and (ii) no amendment or modification of Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be effective.

 

17



 

10.4                         Effect of Payment.   The full payment of the Participant’s vested Account Balance under Articles 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his designated Beneficiaries under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 11

 

ADMINISTRATION

 

11.1                         Committee Duties.   Except as otherwise provided in this Article 11, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint.  Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan.  The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.  An individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself.  When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or an Employer.

 

11.2                         Administration Upon Change In Control.   For purposes of this Plan, the Committee shall be the “Administrator” at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control.  Within 120 days following a Change in Control, an independent third party “Administrator” may be selected by the individual who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or, if not so identified, the Company’s highest ranking officer (the “Ex-CEO”), and approved by the trustee.  The Committee, as constituted prior to the Change in Control, shall continue to be the Administrator until the earlier of (i) the date on which such independent third party is selected and approved, or (ii) the expiration of the 120 day period following the Change in Control.  If an independent third party is not selected within 120 days of such Change in Control, the Committee, as described in Section 11.1 above, shall be the Administrator.  The Administrator shall have the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but not limited to benefit entitlement determinations and shall otherwise have the powers and protections afforded to the Committee by the Plan; provided, however, upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall have no power to direct the investment of Plan or Trust assets or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the Plan or Trust.  Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company must: (1) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator; (2) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator hereunder, except with respect to matters resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents; and (3) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Account Balances of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.  Upon and after a

 

18



 

Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) by the trustee only with the approval of the Ex-CEO.  Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may not be terminated by the Company.

 

For purpose of this Section 11.2, “Change in Control” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

(a)                                   Any “person” (as that term is used in Sections 13 and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)) becomes the beneficial owner (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50 percent or more of the Company’s capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors;

 

(b)                                  During any period of not more than two consecutive years, not including any period prior to the adoption of this Plan, individuals who, at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (a), (c), (d) or (e) of this Section 11.2) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least three-fourths of the directors then still in office, who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof;

 

(c)                                   The shareholders of the Company approve any consolidation or merger of the Company, other than a consolidation or merger of the Company in which the holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to the consolidation or merger hold more than 50 percent of the common stock of the surviving corporation immediately after the consolidation or merger;

 

(d)                                  The shareholders of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(e)                                   The shareholders of the Company approve the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to parties that are not within a “controlled group of corporations” (as defined in Code Section 1563) in which the Company is a member.

 

11.3                         Agents.   In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

 

11.4                         Interpretations and Binding Effect of Decisions.   All interpretations pertaining to facts or provisions of the Plan made by the Committee shall be made in the complete and exclusive discretion of the Committee and the Committee shall have the complete and exclusive discretion to resolve ambiguities and inconsistencies in the language of the Plan and to supply omissions in the language of the Plan.  The decision or action of the

 

19



 

Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

11.5                         Indemnity of Committee.   All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members or any such Employee.

 

11.6                         Employer Information.   To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.

 

11.7                         Timing of Benefit Payments.   To the extent that any payment under the Plan may be made within a specified number of days on or after any date or the occurrence of any date or event, the date of payment shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and not by any Participant, Beneficiary, or other individual.

 

ARTICLE 12

 

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

 

12.1                         Coordination with Other Benefits.   The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer.  The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

 

ARTICLE 13

 

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

13.1                         Presentation of Claim.   A Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan.  If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant.  All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred.  The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

 

13.2                         Notification of Decision.   The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than 90 days after receiving the claim.  If the Committee

 

20



 

determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:

 

(a)                                   that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

 

(b)                                  that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

(i)                                      the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

 

(ii)                                   specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

 

(iii)                                a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

(iv)                               an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 13.3 below; and

 

(v)                                  a statement of the Claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

13.3                         Review of a Denied Claim.   On or before 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

 

(a)                                   may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits;

 

(b)                                  may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

 

(c)                                   may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

 

13.4                         Decision on Review.   The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than 60 days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim.  If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall

 

21



 

be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60 day period.  In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period.  The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination.  In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.  The decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

 

(a)                                   specific reasons for the decision;

 

(b)                                  specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d)                                  a statement of the Claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

13.5                         Legal Action.   A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 13 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.

 

13.6                         Disability Claims.   To the extent required by regulations issued by the Department of Labor, if the outcome of any claim is based on a determination of whether the Participant is disabled, the Department of Labor regulations governing disability claims shall apply.

 

13.7                         Statute of Limitations.   No claim for non-payment or underpayment of benefits allegedly owed by the Plan (regardless of whether such benefits are allegedly due under the terms of the Plan or by reason of any law) may be filed in court until the claimant has exhausted the claims review procedures established in accordance with this Article 13.  Claims for underpayment or non-payment of benefits must be filed in a court located with jurisdiction to hear the claim no later than 36 months after the date when the payment of the benefit commenced or the date when the first payment was allegedly due, as applicable.  The running of the 36 month limitations period shall be suspended during the time that any request for review of the claim pursuant to this Article 13 is pending before the Committee.  The foregoing limitations period is expressly intended to replace and to supersede any longer limitations period (but not any shorter limitations period) that might otherwise be deemed applicable under state or federal law in the absence of this Article 13.  Claims filed after the expiration of the limitations period prescribed by this Article 13 shall be deemed to be time-barred.

 

22



 

ARTICLE 14

 

TRUST

 

14.1                         Establishment of the Trust.   In order to provide assets from which to fulfill the obligations of the Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan, the Company may establish a Trust by a trust agreement with a third party, the trustee, to which each Employer may, in its discretion, contribute cash or other property, including securities issued by the Company, to provide for the benefit payments under the Plan.  Any Trust established by the Company under this Section 14.1 shall be a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes, the assets of which shall be available to pay the claims of creditors of the Employers; shall not cause any Plan assets to be held outside the United States; and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

14.2                         Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust.   The provisions of the Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan.  The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust.  Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

 

14.3                         Distributions From the Trust.   Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 15

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1                         Status of Plan.   The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1).  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

15.2                         Unsecured General Creditor.   Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer.  For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer.  An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

 

15.3                         Expenses.   All reasonable expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be charged against Participants’ Account Balances in a manner determined to be reasonable by the Committee, except to the extent such expenses are paid by an Employer.

 

15.4                        Employer’s Liability.   An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and, where applicable, the United Natural Foods, Inc. 2004

 

23



 

Equity Incentive Plan.  An Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan.

 

15.5                         Nonassignability.   Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable.  No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.  This Section 15.5 shall not apply to payments made pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(A)) applicable to this Plan.  All such qualified domestic relations orders shall be construed and executed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

15.6                         Not a Contract of Employment. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant.  Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement.  Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer, either as an Employee or a Director, or to interfere with the right of an Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

15.7                         Furnishing Information.   A Participant or his Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

 

15.8                         Terms.   Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

 

15.9                         Captions.   The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

15.10                  Governing Law.    Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

24



 

15.11                  Notice.   Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

 

United Natural Foods, Inc.

 

 

Attn: Vice President of Human Resources

 

 

313 Iron Horse Way

 

 

Providence, RI 02908

 

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

 

15.12                  Successors.   The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.

 

15.13                  Validity.   In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

15.14                  Incompetent.   If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person.  The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit.  Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

 

15.15                  Court Order.   The Committee is authorized to comply with any court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party, including any action involving a determination of the rights or interests in a Participant’s benefits under the Plan, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

15.16                  Delay of Benefit Payments Due to Deduction Limitation or Federal Securities Law.   A distribution payable to a Participant pursuant to the Plan may be delayed to the extent and in the manner permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b)(7), concerning impermissible deductions under Code Section 162(m) and violations of federal securities and other laws.

 

25



 

15.17                  Insurance.   The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose.  The Employers or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance.  The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Employers shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.

 

15.18                  Section 409A.    The Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A.  Thus, the Plan shall comply with the requirements of, and shall be operated, administered, and interpreted in accordance with, (a) before January 1, 2009, a reasonable good faith interpretation of Code Section and (b) after December 31, 2008, Code Section 409A.  If the Company or Committee determines that any provision of the Plan is or might be inconsistent with the restrictions imposed by Code Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed to be amended to the extent that the Company or Committee determines is necessary to bring it into compliance with the requirements of Code Section 409A.  Any such deemed amendment shall be effective as of the earliest date such amendment is necessary under Code Section 409A.  No provision in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to (a) create any liability for the Committee, the Company or any Employer, or any of their employees, officers, directors, or other service providers, related to a failure to comply with Code Section 409A or (b) transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Code Section 409A from a Participant or other individual to the Committee, the Company or any Employer, or any of their employees, officers, directors, or other service providers.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this restated Plan document on the 21st day of December , 2010.

 

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark E. Shamber

 

 

 

 

Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial

 

 

Officer and Treasurer

 

26




Exhibit 10.74

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS

DEFERRED STOCK PLAN

 

Amended and Restated

Effective January  1, 2005

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

4

 

2.1

Selection by Committee

4

 

2.2

Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation

4

 

2.3

Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility

5

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS

5

 

3.1

Minimum Deferral of Restricted Stock Amount

5

 

3.2

Maximum Deferral of Restricted Stock Amount

5

 

3.3

Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form

5

 

3.4

Vesting

6

 

3.5

Deemed Investments

6

 

3.6

FICA and Other Taxes

6

ARTICLE 4

UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES

7

ARTICLE 5

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

7

 

5.1

Retirement Benefit

7

 

5.2

Payment of Retirement Benefit

7

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION BENEFIT

8

 

6.1

Termination Benefit

8

 

6.2

Payment of Termination Benefit

8

ARTICLE 7

DISABILITY BENEFIT

8

 

7.1

Disability Benefit

8

 

7.2

Payment of Disability Benefit

8

ARTICLE 8

DEATH BENEFIT

9

 

8.1

Death Benefit

9

 

8.2

Payment of Death Benefit

9

ARTICLE 9

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

9

 

9.1

Beneficiary

9

 

9.2

Beneficiary Designation; Change; Spousal Consent

9

 

9.3

Acknowledgment

9

 

9.4

No Beneficiary Designation

9

 

9.5

Doubt as to Beneficiary

9

 

9.6

Discharge of Obligations

10

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

ARTICLE 10

TERMINATION OF PLAN, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

10

 

10.1

Termination of Plan

10

 

10.2

Termination of Participation in the Plan by an Employer

10

 

10.3

Amendment

10

 

10.4

Effect of Payment

11

ARTICLE 11

ADMINISTRATION

11

 

11.1

Committee Duties

11

 

11.2

Administration Upon Change in Control

11

 

11.3

Agents

12

 

11.4

Interpretations and Binding Effect of Decisions

12

 

11.5

Indemnity of Committee

12

 

11.6

Employer Information

12

 

11.7

Timing of Benefits Payments

12

ARTICLE 12

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

13

ARTICLE 13

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

13

 

13.1

Presentation of Claim

13

 

13.2

Notification of Decision

13

 

13.3

Review of a Denied Claim

14

 

13.4

Decision on Review

14

 

13.5

Legal Action

15

 

13.6

Disability of Claims

15

 

13.7

Statute of Limitations

15

ARTICLE 14

TRUST

15

 

14.1

Establishment of the Trust

15

 

14.2

Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust

15

 

14.3

Distributions from the Trust

16

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS

16

 

15.1

Status of Plan

16

 

15.2

Unsecured General Creditor

16

 

15.3

Expenses

16

 

15.4

Employer’s Liability

16

 

15.5

Source of Shares

16

 

15.6

Nonassignability

16

 

15.7

Not a Contract of Employment

17

 

15.8

Furnishing Information

17

 

15.9

Terms

17

 

15.10

Captions

17

 

ii



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

15.11

Governing Law

17

 

15.12

Notice

17

 

15.13

Successors

18

 

15.14

Validity

18

 

15.15

Incompetent

18

 

15.16

Court Order

18

 

15.17

Delay of Benefit Payments Due to Deduction Limitation or Federal Securities of Law

18

 

15.18

Insurance

18

 

15.19

Section 409A

19

 

iii



 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS

DEFERRED STOCK PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2005

 

Purpose

 

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to Directors and a select group of management or highly compensated Employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan.  This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA.

 

The Plan document is restated effective January 1, 2005, as set forth below to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) and for certain other reasons, except that the provisions below freezing the Plan and providing for no new deferrals after December 31, 2006, are effective January 1, 2007.

 

Prior to January 1, 2009, the Plan was administered in accordance with a reasonable good faith interpretation of Section 409A of the Code.  After December 31, 2008, the Plan shall be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

For the purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1                                  “Account” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, an entry on the records of the Employer equal to number of shares of Restricted Stock that have been deferred by the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan and any additional amounts credited to the Account pursuant to Section 3.5. The Account shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

 

1.2                                  “Annual Installment Method” shall be a series of annual installment payments over the number of years selected by the Participant in accordance with the Plan and calculated in accordance with the regulations under Code Section 409A.  A series of installment payments under the Plan shall be treated as a single payment for purposes of Code Section 409A.

 

1.3                                  “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 9, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

1.4                                  “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

 



 

1.5                                  “Benefit Distribution Date” shall mean the date that triggers distribution of a Participant’s Account. A Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date shall be determined upon the occurrence of any one of the following:

 

(a)                                   If the Participant Retires, his Benefit Distribution Date shall be (A) the last day of the six-month period immediately following the date on which he Retires, if he is a Specified Employee, and (B) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant Retires; provided, however, in the event that the Participant changes his Retirement Benefit election in accordance with Section 5.2(a), his Benefit Distribution Date shall be the date determined pursuant to Section 5.2(a); or

 

(b)                                  If the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment, his Benefit Distribution Date shall be (A) the last day of the six-month period immediately following the date on which he experiences a Termination of Employment if he is a Specified Employee, and (B) for all other Participants, the date on which the Participant experiences a Termination of Employment; provided, however, in the event that the Participant changes his Termination Benefit election in accordance with Section 6.2(c), his Benefit Distribution Date shall be the date determined pursuant to Section 6.2(c); or

 

(c)                                   The date of the Participant’s death, if the Participant dies prior to the complete distribution of his Account; or

 

(d)                                  The date on which the Participant becomes Disabled.

 

1.6                                  “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.7                                  “Claimant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

1.8                                  “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. References to a Section of the Code shall include final regulations interpreting that Section.

 

1.9                                  “Committee” shall mean the committee described in Article 11.

 

1.10                            “Company” shall mean United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business.

 

1.11                            “Death Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 8.

 

1.12                            “Director” shall mean a member of the board of directors of an Employer.

 

1.13                            “Disability” or “Disabled” shall mean a “disability” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(4)(i) where a Participant is (i) unable to engage in anysubstantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) by reason of a

 

2



 

medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident or health plan covering employees of the Participant’s Employer.

 

1.14                            “Disability Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 7.

 

1.15                            “Election Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.

 

1.16                            “Employee” shall mean a person who is an employee of an Employer.

 

1.17                            “Employer(s)” shall mean the Company and any entity required to be aggregated with the Company under Code Section 414(b), (c), or (m).

 

1.18                            “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

1.19                            “Participant” shall mean an Employee or Director who has commenced participation in the Plan in accordance with Article 2 and who’s Account, if any, has not been distributed in its entirety.

 

1.20                            “Plan” shall mean the United Natural Foods Deferred Stock Plan, which shall be evidenced by this instrument as amended from time to time.

 

1.21                            “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year. The first Plan Year shall be the calendar year beginning January 1, 2005.

 

1.22                            “Restricted Stock” shall mean rights to receive unvested shares of restricted stock selected by the Committee in its sole discretion and awarded to the Participant under the Company’s stock incentive plan.

 

1.23                            “Retirement” shall mean, with respect to an Employee, separation from service, as defined in Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(h)(1), with all Employers for any reason other than death or Disability, on or after the attainment of age 55. “Retirement” shall mean, with respect to a Director who is not an Employee, a complete and good faith cessation of the Director’s service on the Board, within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(h)(2).  If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, Retirement shall not occur until the Participant has a separation from service, as defined in Treas.  Reg. § 1.409A-l(h), as both an Employee and a Director.

 

1.24                            “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.

 

1.25                            “Specified Employee” shall mean an officer (within the meaning of Code Section 416(i)(l) and the regulations thereunder) of an Employer; a Director; and any

 

3



 

other Participant whom the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(ii).

 

1.26                            “Stock” shall mean the common stock of the Company or any other equity securities of the Company designated by the Committee.

 

1.27                            “Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.

 

1.28                            “Termination of Employment” shall mean separation from service within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-l(h)(l)(i) with all Employers, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Retirement, Disability, or death.  If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, Termination of Employment shall not occur until the Participant has a separation from service, as defined in Treas. Reg.§ 1.409A-l(h), as both an Employee and a Director.

 

1.29                            “Trust” shall mean one or more trusts established by the Company in accordance with Article 14.

 

ARTICLE 2

SELECTION, ENROLLMENT, ELIGIBILITY

 

2.1                                  Selection by Committee.   Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Directors and, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, a select group of management or highly compensated Employees. From those groups, the Committee shall select, in its sole discretion, those individuals who may actually participate in this Plan.

 

2.2                                  Enrollment and Eligibility Requirements; Commencement of Participation.

 

(a)                                   A Director or Employee who is designated as eligible to participate in the Plan pursuant to Section 2.1 may commence participation in the Plan by making an irrevocable deferral election for the Plan Year in which he is first eligible to participate in the Plan, or for any succeeding Plan Year in which he is eligible to participate. A Director or Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan effective as of the first day of a Plan Year shall complete, execute and return to the committee an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form (and such other forms and agreements as the Company may require) prior to the first day of such Plan Year if he wishes to participate for such Plan Year. A Director or Employee who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan after the first day of the Plan Year and who has not previously been eligible to participate in the Plan or in any other deferred compensation plan maintained by an Employer which is required to be aggregated with the Plan under Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-1(c)(2)(i), may instead complete these requirements within 30 days after he first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan, or within such shorter deadline as may be established by the Committee in its sole

 

4



 

discretion, if he wishes to participate for that Plan Year; provided, however, that such Directors and Employees shall not be permitted to defer any portion of their Compensation with respect to services performed prior to their participation commencement date.

 

(b)                                  Each Employee or Director who is eligible to participate in the Plan may not commence participation in the Plan unless the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that the Employee or Director has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period.

 

2.3                                  Termination of a Participant’s Eligibility.   The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate a Participant’s participation in the Plan for any reason, so long as such termination occurs in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A.  In the event that a Participant is no longer eligible to participate in the Plan, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be governed by the terms of the Plan until it is paid in its entirety in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS

 

3.1                                  Minimum Deferral of Restricted Stock.   For each grant of Restricted Stock in Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, a Participant may elect to defer the following minimum percentage:

 

Deferral

 

Minimum Percentage

 

Restricted Stock

 

0

%

 

If no election is made, the percentage deferred shall be zero.

 

3.2                                  Maximum Deferral of Restricted Stock.   For each grant of Restricted Stock in Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2007, a Participant may elect to defer the following maximum percentage:

 

Deferral

 

Maximum Percentage

 

Restricted Stock

 

100

%

 

3.3                                  Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form .  An Employee or Director may make an irrevocable election to defer Restricted Stock issued in a Plan Year beginning before January I, 2007 by timely delivering an Election Form (and such other forms and agreements as the Committee may require) to the Committee, in accordance with its rules and procedures, before the end of the calendar year preceding the Plan Year in which the Restricted Stock is granted.  If no such Election Form is timely delivered for a Plan Year, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected not to defer any portion of the Restricted Stock granted to the

 

5



 

Participant for that Plan Year. Effective January 1, 2007 the Plan is frozen and no deferrals shall occur under the Plan after December 31, 2006.

 

3.4                                  Vesting .  A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his Account, provided that if a Participant’s Restricted Stock is credited to his Account prior to becoming 100% vested under the terms of the applicable award agreement, the portion of his Account attributable to such awards shall not be vested until it becomes vested under the terms of the applicable award agreement.

 

3.5                                  Deemed Account.   In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with the following rules:

 

(a)                                   Crediting of Accounts.

 

(i)                                      A Participant’s Account shall be credited with the number of shares of Restricted Stock that have been deferred by the Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan.  Stock dividends, cash dividends or other non-cash dividends payable on the Stock credited to a Participant’s Account shall be credited to the Participant’s Account in the form of additional shares of Stock. The number of shares credited to the Participant for a particular cash dividend or other non-cash dividend, if any, shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A.

 

(ii)                                   A Participant’s Account shall only be distributable in actual shares of Stock.

 

(iii)                                The number of shares of Stock credited to the Participant’s Account may be adjusted by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of Participants’ rights with respect to the Stock credited to his Account, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

(b)                                  No Actual Investment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, a Participant’s Account is to be used for measurement purposes only.  A Participant’s Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his behalf by the Company or the Trust.  The Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

3.6                                  FICA and Other Taxes .  The Committee may make any appropriate arrangements to deduct from all amounts deferred or paid under the Plan, or to collect, any taxes reasonably determined to be required to be withheld under applicable laws. Irrespective of whether withholding is required, the Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall bear all taxes on amounts deferred or paid under the Plan,

 

6


 

on any imputed income resulting from the operation of the Plan, and on any other payments or compensation from the Company or an Employer.

 

ARTICLE 4

UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES

 

The Plan does not permit distributions on account of unforeseeable emergency within the meaning of Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(i)(3).

 

ARTICLE 5

RETIREMENT BENEFIT

 

5.1                                  Retirement Benefit Retirement Benefit. A Participant who Retires shall receive his vested Account as a Retirement Benefit.

 

5.2                                  Payment of Retirement Benefit.

 

(a)                                   A Participant, in connection with his commencement of participation in the Plan, shall elect on an Election Form to receive his Retirement Benefit in the form of a lump sum or pursuant to an Annual Installment Method of up to 15 years. The Participant may change this election one time by submitting an Election Form to the Committee in accordance with the following criteria:

 

(i)                                      Such Election Form must be submitted to and accepted by the Committee in its sole discretion at least 12 months prior to the Participant’s originally scheduled Benefit Distribution Date described in Section 1.5; and

 

(ii)                                   The first Retirement Benefit payment must be delayed at least five years from the Participant’s originally scheduled Benefit Distribution Date described in Section 1.5; and

 

(iii)                                The election to modify the Retirement Benefit election shall have no effect until at least 12 months after the date on which the election is made.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee shall interpret all provisions relating to changing the Retirement Benefit election under this Section 5.2 in a manner consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b).

 

The Election Form that is timely filed and most recently accepted by the Committee shall govern the payout of the Retirement Benefit. If a Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of the Retirement Benefit in connection with his commencement of participation in the Plan, then such Participant shall be deemed to have elected to receive the Retirement Benefit in a lump sum.

 

7



 

(b)                                  The lump sum payment shall be made, or installment payments shall commence, no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date. Remaining installments, if any, shall be paid no later than 60 days after each anniversary of the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

(c)                                   If a Participant serves as both an Employee and a Director and elects the annual Installment Method in connection with his commencement of participation in the Plan, such election shall be given effect only to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A (e.g., if his service as a Director commenced before his service as an Employee, he commenced service as a Director and an Employee at the same time, or he commenced service as an Employee before he commenced service as a Director and he terminates service as both at or after attaining age 55).

 

ARTICLE 6

TERMINATION BENEFIT

 

6.1                                  Termination Benefit. A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment shall receive his vested Account as a Termination Benefit.

 

6.2                                  Payment of Termination Benefit.

 

(a)                                   A Participant who experiences a Termination of Employment shall receive his Termination Benefit in the form of a lump sum.

 

(b)                                  The lump-sum payment shall be made no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Sections 6.2(a) and (b), a Participant who served as a Director may elect to have his Termination Benefit paid in the Annual Installment Method, in accordance with Section 5.2(c) or as otherwise permitted by the Committee in compliance with Code Section 409A(a)(4)(C).

 

ARTICLE 7

DISABILITY BENEFIT

 

7.1                                  Disability Benefit. Upon a Participant’s Disability, the Participant shall receive his vested Account as a Disability Benefit.

 

7.2                                  Payment of Disability Benefit. The Disability Benefit shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

8



 

ARTICLE 8

DEATH BENEFIT

 

8.1                                  Death Benefit . Upon a Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) shall receive the Participant’s vested Account as a Death Benefit.

 

8.2                                  Payment of Death Benefit. The Death Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary(ies) in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the Participant’s Benefit Distribution Date.

 

ARTICLE 9

BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

9.1                                  Beneficiary. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of an Employer in which the Participant participates.

 

9.2                                  Beneficiary Designation: Change: Spousal Consent. A Participant shall designate his Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his spouse as a Beneficiary, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine that spousal consent is required to be provided in a form designated by the Committee, executed by such Participant’s spouse and returned to the Committee. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his death.

 

9.3                                  Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent.

 

9.4                                  No Beneficiary Designation. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his surviving spouse. If the participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

 

9.5                                  Doubt as to Beneficiary. If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have

 

9



 

the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Plan to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee’s satisfaction, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

9.6                                  Discharge of Obligations. The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge all Employers and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant.

 

ARTICLE 10

TERMINATION OF PLAN, AMENDMENT OR MODIFICATION

 

10.1                            Termination of Plan.

 

(a)                                   Although the Company anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Company will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason. Following a termination of the Plan, Participant Accounts shall remain in the Plan until the Participant becomes eligible for the benefits provided in Articles 5, 6, 7 or 8 in accordance with the provisions of those Articles, unless the Company changes the time or form of distribution consistent with Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix). The termination of the Plan shall not decrease a Participant’s vested Account in existence as of the date of termination.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding Section 10.1(a), the Plan was frozen effective January 1, 2007, and no new deferrals of Restricted Stock were or are permitted from new or existing Participants after December 31, 2006. Participant Accounts shall remain in the Plan until the Participant becomes eligible for the benefits provided in Articles 5, 6, 7 or 8 in accordance with the provisions of those Articles. The Plan shall automatically terminate on the earliest date on which no Participant has a vested Account under the Plan and all unvested Accounts have been forfeited under the terms of the applicable award agreement.

 

10.2                            Termination of Participation in the Plan by an Employer. Each Employer reserves the right to terminate participation in the Plan by its Employees in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A. In the event of an Employer’s termination of participation in the Plan, Participant Accounts shall remain in the Plan until the Participant becomes eligible for the benefits provided in Articles 5, 6, 7 or 8 in accordance with the provisions of those Articles unless the Company terminates the Plan pursuant to Section 10.1. The termination of the participation in the Plan shall not decrease a Participant’s Account in existence as of the date of termination.

 

10.3                            Amendment . The Company may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) no amendment or modification shall

 

10



 

be effective to decrease a Participant’s Account in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made; and (ii) no amendment or modification of Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be effective.

 

10.4                            Effect of Payment. The full payment of the Participant’s Account under Articles 5, 6, 7 or 8 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his designated Beneficiaries under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

11.1                            Committee Duties . Except as otherwise provided in this Article 11, this Plan shall be administered by a Committee, which shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint and which shall be the same committee that administers the United Natural Foods, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual serving on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or an Employer.

 

11.2                            Administration Upon Change In Control. For purposes of this plan, the Committee shall be the “Administrator” at all times prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control. Within 120 days following a Change in Control, an independent third party “Administrator” may be selected by the individual who, immediately prior to the Change in Control, was the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or, if not so identified, the Company’s highest ranking officer (the “Ex CEO”), and approved by the trustee. The Committee, as constituted prior to the Change in Control, shall continue to be the Administrator until the earlier of (i) the date on which such independent third party is selected and approved, or (ii) the expiration of the 120 day period following the Change in Control. If an independent third party is not selected within 120 days of such Change in Control, the Committee, as described in Section 11.1 above, shall be the Administrator. The Administrator shall have the discretionary power to determine all questions arising in connection with the administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan and Trust including, but not limited to benefit entitlement determinations and shall otherwise have the powers and protections afforded to the Committee by the Plan; provided, however, upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Administrator shall have no power to direct the investment of Plan or Trust assets or select any investment manager or custodial firm for the Plan or Trust. Upon and after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company must: (1) pay all reasonable administrative expenses and fees of the Administrator; (2) indemnify the Administrator against any costs, expenses and liabilities including, without limitation, attorney’s fees and expenses arising in connection with the performance of the Administrator hereunder, except with respect to matters

 

11



 

resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrator or its employees or agents; and (3) supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the Plan, the Trust, the Participants and their Beneficiaries, the Accounts of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may be terminated (and a replacement appointed) by the trustee only with the approval of the Ex-CEO. Upon and after a Change in Control, the Administrator may not be terminated by the Company.

 

For purpose of this Section 11.2, “Change in Control” shall have the meaning set forth in the United Natural Foods, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

 

11.3                            Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to any Employer.

 

11.4                            Interpretations and Binding Effect of Decisions . All interpretations pertaining to facts or provisions of the Plan made by the Committee shall be made in the complete and exclusive discretion of the Committee and the Committee shall have the complete and exclusive discretion to resolve ambiguities and inconsistencies in the language of the Plan and to supply omissions in the language of the Plan. The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

11.5                            Indemnity of Committee. All Employers shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Committee, any of its members or any such Employee.

 

11.6                            Employer Information. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company and each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee and/or Administrator, as the case may be, on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.

 

11.7                            Timing of Benefit Payments To the extent that any payment under the Plan may be made within a specified number of days on or after any date or the occurrence of any date or event, the date of payment shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and not by any Participant, Beneficiary, or other individual.

 

12



 

ARTICLE 12

OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS

 

The benefits provided for a Participant and Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Participant’s Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

 

ARTICLE 13

CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

13.1                            Presentation of Claim. A Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a “Claimant”) may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

 

13.2                            Notification of Decision . The Committee shall consider a Claimant’s claim within a reasonable time, but no later than 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 90 day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 90 days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. The Committee shall notify the Claimant in writing:

 

(a)                                   that the Claimant’s requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or

 

(b)                                  that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant’s requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

 

(i)                                      the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;

 

(ii)                                   specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;

 

(iii)                                a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary;

 

13



 

(iv)                               an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 13.3 below; and

 

(v)                                  a statement of the Claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

13.3                            Review of a Denied Claim . On or before 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. The Claimant (or the Claimant’s duly authorized representative):

 

(a)                                   may, upon request and free of charge, have reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim for benefits;

 

(b)                                  may submit written comments or other documents; and/or

 

(c)                                   may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.

 

13.4                            Decision on Review. The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and no later than 60 days after the Committee receives the Claimant’s written request for a review of the denial of the claim. If the Committee determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the Claimant prior to the termination of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Committee expects to render the benefit determination. In rendering its decision, the Committee shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. The decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

 

(a)                                   specific reasons for the decision;

 

(b)                                  specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based;

 

(c)                                   a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the Claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

14



 

(d)                                  a statement of the Claimant’s right, if any, to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

13.5                            Legal Action. A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 13 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.

 

13.6                            Disability Claims. To the extent required by regulations issued by the Department of Labor, if the outcome of any claim is based on a determination of whether the Participant is disabled, the Department of Labor regulations governing disability claims shall apply.

 

13.7                            Statute of Limitations. No claim for non-payment or underpayment of benefits allegedly owed by the Plan (regardless of whether such benefits are allegedly due under the terms of the Plan or by reason of any law) may be filed in court until the claimant has exhausted the claims review procedures established in accordance with this Article 13. Claims for underpayment or non-payment of benefits must be filed in a court located with jurisdiction to hear the claim no later than 36 months after the date when the payment of the benefit commenced or the date when the first payment was allegedly due, as applicable. The running of the 36 month limitations period shall be suspended during the time that any request for review of the claim pursuant to this Article 13 is pending before the Committee. The foregoing limitations period is expressly intended to replace and to supersede any longer limitations period (but not any shorter limitations period) that might otherwise be deemed applicable under state or federal law in the absence of this Article 13. Claims filed after the expiration of the limitations period prescribed by this Article 13 shall be deemed to be time-barred.

 

ARTICLE 14

TRUST

 

14.1                            Establishment of the Trust. In order to provide assets from which to fulfill the obligations of the Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan, the Company may establish a Trust by a trust agreement with a third party, the trustee, to which each Employer may, in its discretion, contribute cash or other property, including securities issued by the Company, to provide for the benefit payments under the Plan. Any Trust established by the Company under this Section 14.1 shall be a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes, the assets of which shall be available to pay the claims of creditors of the Employers; shall not cause any Plan assets to be held outside the United States; and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

14.2                            Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust. The provisions of the Plan shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employers, Participants and the creditors of the Employers to the assets transferred to the Trust. Each Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

 

15



 

14.3                            Distributions From the Trust. Each Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

 

ARTICLE l5

MISCELLANEOUS

 

15.1                            Status of Plan. The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 40l(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 30l(a)(3) and 40l(a)(l). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

15.2                            Unsecured General Creditor. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of an Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of an Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. An Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future

 

15.3                            Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan shall be charged against Participants’ Accounts in a manner determined to be reasonable by the Committee, except to the extent such expenses are paid by an Employer.

 

15.4                            Employer’s Liability . An Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined by the Plan and the United Natural Foods, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan. An Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan.

 

15.5                            Source of Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan, all amounts paid under the Plan in the form of Stock shall be paid from reserve shares under the United Natural Foods, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan, to the extent that shares are available under such plan, and no payment shall be made under the Plan if no reserve shares are available under the United Natural Foods, Inc. Equity Incentive Plan.

 

15.6                            Nonassignability . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any

 

16


 

other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise. This Section 15.6 shall not apply to payments made pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(1)(A)) applicable to this Plan. All such qualified domestic relations orders shall be construed and executed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Code Section 409A.

 

15.7                            Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between any Employer and the Participant. Such employment is hereby acknowledged to be an “at will” employment relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of an Employer, either as an Employee or a Director, or to interfere with the right of an Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

15.8                            Furnishing Information . A Participant or his Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administra tion of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

 

15.9                            Terms. Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

 

15.10                      Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

15.11                      Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

15.12                      Notice. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

 

United Natural Foods, Inc.

Attn: Vice President of Human Resources

P.O. Box 999

260 Lake Road

Dayville, CT 06241

 

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is

 

17



 

made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

 

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

 

15.13                      Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.

 

15.14                      Validity. In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

 

15.15                      Incompetent. If the Committee determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

 

15.16                      Court Order . The Committee is authorized to comply with any court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party, including any action involving a determination of the rights or interests in a Participant’s benefits under the Plan, to the extent permitted by Code Section 409A.

 

15.17                      Delay of Benefit Payments Due to Deduction Limitation or Federal Securities Law . A distribution payable to a Participant pursuant to the Plan may be delayed to the extent and in the manner permitted by Treas. Reg. § 1.409A-2(b)(7), concerning impermissible deductions under Code Section 162(m) and violations of federal securities and other laws.

 

15.18                      Insurance . The Employers, on their own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in their sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose. The Employers or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Employers shall submit to medical examinations and supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employers have applied for insurance.

 

18



 

15.19                      Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A. Thus, the Plan shall comply with the requirements of, and shall be operated, administered, and interpreted in accordance with, (a) before January 1, 2009, a reasonable good faith interpretation of Code Section and (b) after December 31, 2008, Code Section 409A. If the Company or Committee determines that any provision of the Plan is or might be inconsistent with the restrictions imposed by Code Section 409A, such provision shall be deemed to be amended to the extent that the Company or Committee determines is necessary to bring it into compliance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Any such deemed amendment shall be effective as of the earliest date such amendment is necessary under Code Section 409A. No provision in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to (a) create any liability for the Committee, the Company or any Employer, or any of their employees, officers, directors, or other service providers, related to a failure to comply with Code Section 409A or (b) transfer any liability for a failure to comply with Code Section 409A from a Participant or other individual to the Committee, the Company or any Employer, or any of their employees, officers, directors, or other service providers.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document on December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

UNITED NATURAL FOODS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Carl F. Koch III

 

 

Title:

Vice President of Human Resources

 

19




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 12.1

 
  Twelve Months Ended  
 
  July 30,
2011
  July 31,
2010
  August 1,
2009
  August 2,
2008
  July 28,
2007
 

Income before income taxes

  $ 126,435   $ 112,002   $ 100,182   $ 77,196   $ 82,215  

Add:

                               
 

Fixed charges

    21,457     20,366     24,105     29,360     21,237  
 

Amortization of capitalized interest

    167     163     135     58     31  

Less:

                               
 

Interest capitalized

        (48 )   (274 )   (674 )   (219 )
                       

Total earnings, as defined

    148,059     132,483     124,148     105,940     103,264  

Fixed charges:

                               
 

Interest expense

  $ 5,000   $ 5,845   $ 9,914   $ 16,133   $ 12,089  
 

Interest portion of rent expense

    15,847     13,887     13,422     12,139     8,475  
 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    610     586     495     414     454  
 

Capitalized interest

        48     274     674     219  
                       

Total Fixed charges, as defined

  $ 21,457   $ 20,366   $ 24,105   $ 29,360   $ 21,237  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

    6.9     6.5     5.2     3.6     4.9  



QuickLinks


QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1


Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
United Natural Foods, Inc.:

        We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-161800) on Form S-3 and (Nos. 333-161845, 333-161884, 333-19947, 333-19949, 333-71673, 333-56652, 333-106217, and 333-123462) on Form S-8 of United Natural Foods, Inc. of our report dated September 28, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of United Natural Foods, Inc. and subsidiaries as of July 30, 2011 and July 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended July 30, 2011, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of July 30, 2011, which report appears in the July 30, 2011 annual report on Form 10-K of United Natural Foods, Inc.

GRAPHIC

Providence, Rhode Island
September 28, 2011




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Steven L. Spinner certify that:



 

September 28, 2011
/s/ STEVEN L. SPINNER

Steven L. Spinner
Chief Executive Officer

 

Note:   A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        I, Mark E. Shamber certify that:



 

September 28, 2011
/s/ MARK E. SHAMBER

Mark E. Shamber
Chief Financial Officer

 

Note:   A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Executive Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended July 30, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

    /s/ STEVEN L. SPINNER

Steven L. Spinner
Chief Executive Officer

 

 

September 28, 2011


Note:

 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.2


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

        The undersigned, in his capacity as the Chief Financial Officer of United Natural Foods, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby certifies that the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended July 30, 2011 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

    /s/ MARK E. SHAMBER

Mark E. Shamber
Chief Financial Officer

 

 

September 28, 2011


Note:

 

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002